Parameter Catalogue PC:GSM Network Release 8.0
Version 2.0 401-380-007 October 2000 Lucent Technologies - Proprietary This document contains proprietary information of Lucent Technologies and is not to be disclosed or used except in accordance with applicable agreements Copyright 2000 Lucent Technologies Unpublished and Not for Publication All Rights Reserved
Copyright 2000 by Lucent Lucent Technologies. All Rights Reserved.
This material is protected by the copyright laws of the United States and other countries. It may not be reproduced, distributed, or altered in any fashion by any entity (either internal or external to Lucent Technologies), except in accordance with applicable agreements, contracts, or licensing, without the express written consent of the Customer Training and Information Products organization and the business management owner of the material. Notice Every effort was made to ensure that the information in this information product (IP) was complete and accurate at the time of printing. However, information is subject to change.
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
Contents 1
A_DIST_HO
2
2
A_LEV_HO
3
3
A_LEV_NC
4
4
A_LEV_PC
5
5
A_PBGT_HO
6
6
A_QUAL_HO
7
7
A_QUAL_PC
8
8
AC_CN
9
9
ACC CARD VERSION
10
10
ACC CLOCK SOURCE
11
11
ACC DATA ENCODING
12
12
ACC FRAME MODE
13
13
ACC PORT MODE
14
14
ALARM STATE (N)
15
15
ARFCN_NC(N)
16
16
ASSOC. FH-SYSTEM
17
17
ATT
18
18
BACKUP CAPABILITY
19
19
BARRING SEQUENCE
20
20
BCC (IN BSIC)
21
21
BCC_NC(N)
22
22
BCCH_ARFCN_NC(N)
23
23
BCCH_FREQ
24
24
BS_AG_BLKS_RES
25
25
BS_PA_MFRMS
26
26
BS_TXPWR_RED
27
27
BTS-ABIS-POSITION
28
28
C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO
29
29
C_MICRO_HO
30
Version 2. 2.0 - October 20 2000
Lucent Te Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
iii
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
iv
30
C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO
31
31
CA_ARFCN
32
32
CCCH LOAD IND. THRESHOLD (PAGING_LOAD_THR)
33
33
CCCH_COMB_WITH_SDCCH
34
34
CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD
35
35
CELL_BAR_ACCESS
36
36
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
37
37
CELL_RES_OFFSET
38
38
CELL_RESELECT_HYST.
39
39
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND
40
40
CELL_TYPE
41
41
CELL_TYPE_NC(N)
42
42
CH_TYPE
43
43
CHANNEL-USAGE
44
44
CI (IN CGI)
45
45
CI_NC(N)
46
46
CIRCUIT ID CODE CIC
47
47
CLOCK_SOURCE
48
48
CLOCK_SOURCE (REDUNDANT)
49
49
CONNECTED ACC E1
50
50
CRC 4 FRAMING
51
51
DIVERSITY INDICATION
52
52
DOWNLINK DTX DATA
53
53
DOWNLINK DTX SPEECH
54
54
DTX
55
55
E1 PORT TYPE
56
56
E1 ALLOCATION(BCON)
57
57
E1 ALLOCATION(MCON)
58
58
EN_ACC_BARRING
59
59
EN_BS_PC
60
60
EN_BSS_HO
61
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
61
EN_CCCH_LOAD_IND
62
62
EN_DIST_HO
63
63
EN_INCOM_HO
64
64
EN_INTER_HO
65
65
EN_INTRA_HO
66
66
EN_LOAD_REGARD
67
67
EN_MS_PC
68
68
EN_PBGT_HO
69
69
EN_RF_RES_IND
70
70
EN_RXLEV_HO
71
71
EN_RXQUAL_HO
72
72
EN_SDCCH_HO
73
73
EN_SDCCH_TCH_HO
74
74
EXT. ERROR ID (N)
75
75
EXTC-TYPE
76
76
FHE SLICE ADDRESS
77
77
FIS_SYN_DELAY
78
78
FREEFACTOR_X (X=1..5)
79
79
FREELEVEL_X (X=1..4)
80
80
HO_MARGIN(0,N)
81
81
HOPPING MODE
82
82
HSN
83
83
INIT_FREQ
84
84
INPUT HYSTERESE (N)
85
85
INPUT POINT ADR (N)
86
86
INT_BOUND_X
87
87
INTAVE
88
88
IP ADDRESS
89
89
L_RXLEV_DL_H
90
90
L_RXLEV_DL_P
91
91
L_RXLEV_UL_H
92
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
v
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
vi
92
L_RXLEV_UL_P
93
93
L_RXQUAL_DL_H
94
94
L_RXQUAL_DL_P
95
95
L_RXQUAL_UL_H
96
96
L_RXQUAL_UL_P
97
97
LAC (IN LAI)
98
98
LAC_NC(N)
99
99
LIC-ALARM MASK (N)
100
100 LIC-CLOCK-INPUT (N)
101
101 LIC-INPUT-LINE A (N)
102
102 LIC-INPUT-LINE B (N)
103
103 LIC-NUMBER (N)
104
104 LIC-POSITION (N)
105
105 LIC-RACK (N)
106
106 LINK SERVICEPR. SLC
107
107 LINK SERVICEPR. STC
108
108 LINKFACTOR(0,N)
109
109 M1
110
110 M2
111
111 MA_ARFCN
112
112 MAX_RETRANS
113
113 MCC (IN LAI)
114
114 MCC_NC(N)
115
115 MEMORY AVAILABILITY
116
116 MNC (IN LAI)
117
117 MNC_NC(N)
118
118 MS_DIST_MAX
119
119 MS_TXPWR_MAX
120
120 MS_TXPWR_MAX(N)
121
121 MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
122
122 MULTIBAND_REPORTING
123
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
123 N (N_TARGET_CELL)
124
124 N1
125
125 N2
126
126 NCC (IN BSIC)
127
127 NCC_NC(N)
128
128 NI_BSC
129
129 NI_MSC
130
130 NO. OF CCCH
131
131 NS_TRX
132
132 P_CON_ACK
133
133 P_CON_INTERVAL
134
134 PENALTY_TIME
135
135 PG-TYPE
136
136 PLMN_PERMITTED
137
137 PMC ALLOCATION (EXTC)
138
138 PMC ALLOCATION (PG)
139
139 POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE
140
140 POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
141
141 PTA_HO(N,0)
142
142 Q_THRESHOLD_VAL
143
143 RACH_BUSY_THRES
144
144 RACH_MEAS_PERIOD
145
145 RADIO-/TERR. LINK ASC.
146
146 RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT (T100)
147
147 RBS-TYPE
148
148 RE
149
149 RT RACK ID.
150
150 RT SHELF ID.
151
151 RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
152
152 RXLEV_DL_IH
153
153 RXLEV_MIN(N)
154
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
vii
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
viii
154 RXLEV_UL_IH
155
155 SDFU/TCU VERSION
156
156 SDU BAD SECTORS
157
157 SDU HIGHER THRESHOLD
158
158 SDU LOWER THRESHOLD
159
159 SDU NO. OF SECTORS
160
160 SERVERALLOCATION
161
161 SERVICEPROVIDER L2 (BTC)
162
162 SERVICEPROVIDER L2 (RT)
163
163 SERVICEPROVIDER PG (TCG)
164
164 SERVICEPROVIDER PPC (BTC)
165
165 SERVICEPROVIDER PPC (RT)
166
166 SIGN.-SLOT BTC
167
167 SIGN.-SLOT RT
168
168 SIGNALLING LINK CODE
169
169 SIGSLOTSRESERVED
170
170 SPC_BSC
171
171 SPC_MSC
172
172 SYNC_NC(N,0)
173
173 T_MK
174
174 T_QHO (MAP-TIMER)
175
175 T_SDCCH_HO_ALLOWED
176
176 T1 (MAP-TIMER)
177
177 T10 (MAP-TIMER)
178
178 T11 (MAP-TIMER)
179
179 T13 (MAP-TIMER)
180
180 T17 (MAP-TIMER)
181
181 T18 (MAP-TIMER)
182
182 T19 (MAP-TIMER)
183
183 T3101 (UM-TIMER)
184
184 T3107 (UM-TIMER)
185
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
185 T3109 (UM-TIMER)
186
186 T3111 (UM-TIMER)
187
187 T3212
188
188 T4 (MAP-TIMER)
189
189 T7 (MAP-TIMER)
190
190 T7_IHO
191
191 T8 (MAP-TIMER)
192
192 TEMPORARY_OFFSET
193
193 THRES_PC_RLF
194
194 TIC[TCE_CODE]
195
195 TIC[TCG_CODE]
196
196 TIC[TCGQ_CODE]
197
197 TOTAL_NUM_Q_PLACE_AVAIL
198
198 TRAFFIC SLOTS RT
199
199 TRANSCODING CAPABILITY
200
200 TRC INPUT SLOT
201
201 TRC OUTPUT SLOT
202
202 TRC SERVICE PROVIDER
203
203 TRR3 (MAP-TIMER)
204
204 TRR5 (MAP-TIMER)
205
205 TSC
206
206 TX_INTEGER
207
207 U_RXLEV_DL_P
208
208 U_RXLEV_UL_P
209
209 U_RXQUAL_DL_P
210
210 U_RXQUAL_UL_P
211
211 UMBRELLA_MICRO_HYST
212
212 W_QUAL_HO
213
213 W_QUAL_PC
214
214 ANNEX A
215
A.1
Mapping: Object/AUI -> GUI and GSM Name
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
215
ix
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
x
A.2
Mapping: Object/GUI -> AUI and GSM Name
219
A.3
Mapping: GSM Name -> Object, AUI and GUI
223
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
Purpose The purpose of this document is as follows: To provide a cross reference between the Bosch OMC, Lucent OMC 2000 GUI, Lucent OMC 2000 AUI and GSM ‘Standard’ terminology. The user is given a more detailed description of system parameters than those contained in the OMC 2000 User Documentation. This is to assist in routine work that involves management of the BSS parameters (which are controlled from the OMC 2000) The following table describes the fields that are defined: Section Title Default Range Range Semantics Modification State Short Description OMC (Object, GUI, AUI) Bosch OMC (Object, AUI, Comments) Long Description Dependency GSM 12.20 (Class, Attribute)
GSM Name of parameter A meaningful default value that is used or could be used The value range of the parameter The semantics of the parameter value, e.g. mapping of integers to dB values. Parameters are contained in objects. Objects can be administratively locked or unlocked. For modifiable parameters this field determines whether modifications can be done in locked (LO) and/or unlocked (UL) state A short description of the parameter Description of the parameter as displayed at the Lucent OMC. This includes the object class, the name at the Graphical User Interface (GUI) and the name at the ASCII User Interface (AUI) Description of the parameter as displayed at the Bosch OMC LM4.0. This includes the object class, the name at the ASCII User Interface (BMML) and a comment if there are any discrepancies at the Bosch OMC Contains a long description of the parameter and references to other parameters that are closely related. Dependencies to other parameters Class and Attribute name of the attribute in the GSM 12.20 recommendation that more or less corresponds to this parameter
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
1
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
1
A_DIST_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
2
1920 msec = 4 1-31 (480 msec - 14880 msec) multiples of SACCH period (480 msec for TCH resp. 470.77 msec for SDCCH channels) LO/UL Averaging window size for distance measurements between BTS and MS concerning distance handover HOCTRL DISTAVGPER
Distance: Averaging Period HO HOCDIST-b The number of the most recent distance measurement values which are used in the distance averaging procedure. The distance measurement is carried out by the BTS. An averaged measurement value is normally given every SACCH block period by the averaging procedure which is located in the BSC. The averaged measurement value is used in the following distance handover comparison procedures. If the network planning is relying on Distance HO, the averaging window shoud be increased See also EN_DIST_HO handoverControlGSM0508 hoAveragingDistParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
2
A_LEV_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
2880 msec = 6 1-31 (480 msec - 14880 msec) multiples of SACCH period (480 msec for TCH resp. 470.77 msec for SDCCH channels) LO/UL Averaging window size for receive power level measurements concerning handover HOCTRL ALEVHO
Signal Strength: Averaging Period HO HOCSS-c The number of the most recent power level measurement values which are used in the power level averaging procedure concerning handover is given by the O&M parameter A_LEV_HO. A_LEV_HO is used for the uplink and downlink by the BSC. An averaged measurement value is normally given every SACCH block period by the averaging procedure. The averaged measurement value is compared with the corresponding thresholds for handover decisions. After channel allocation intracell handovers are disabled for a time period of A_LEV_HO. See also A_LEV_NC, A_PBGT_HO, A_LEV_PC, EN_RXLEV_HO Typically: A_LEV_NC <= A_LEV_HO <= A_PBGT_HO A_LEV_PC <= A_LEV_HO handoverControlGSM0508 hoAveragingLevParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
3
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
3
A_LEV_NC
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
4
2880 msec = 6 1-31 (480 msec - 14880 msec) multiples of SACCH period (480 msec for TCH resp. 470.77 msec for SDCCH channels) LO/UL Averaging window size for receive power level measurements of NCs concerning handover target cell identification process. HOCTRL PWRACAVG
Adjacent Cell Averaging Period A_LEV_NC gives the number of the most recent downlink power level measurement values concerning the neighbouring cells, which are used in the handover target cell identification process. The averaged measurement values are normally given every SACCH block period by the averaging procedure. The averaged measurement values are used in case of inter-cell handover for setting up a list of preferred target cells. See also A_LEV_HO, A_PBGT_HO, EN_PBGT_HO, A_LEV_PC Typically: A_LEV_NC <= A_LEV_HO <= A_PBGT_HO -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
4
A_LEV_PC
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
960 msec = 2 1-31 (480 msec - 14880 msec) multiples of SACCH period (480 msec for TCH resp. 470.77 msec for SDCCH channels) LO/UL Averaging window size for receive power level measurements concerning Power Control POWER ALEVPC
Signal Strength: Averaging PC SSAVPER The number of the most recent power level measurement values which are used in the power level averaging procedure concerning power control is given by the O&M parameter A_LEV_PC. A_LEV_PC is used for the uplink and downlink by the BSC. An averaged measurement value is normally given every SACCH block period by the averaging procedure. See also EN_MS_PC, EN_BS_PC Typically: A_LEV_PC <= A_LEV_HO powerControlGSM0508 pcAveragingLev
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
5
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
5
A_PBGT_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
6
3840 msec = 8 1-31 (480 msec - 14880 msec) multiples of SACCH period (480 msec for TCH resp. 470.77 msec for SDCCH channels) LO/UL Averaging window size for power budget calculation for handover HOCTRL PWRBGAVG
Power Budget Averaging Period HO AVPER The number of the most recent downlink power level measurement values concerning the serving cell and the neighbouring cells, which are used in the power budget averaging procedure for handover. The averaged measurement values are normally given every SACCH block period by the averaging procedure. The bigger the window size (number of measurements) is, the more precise the values of the averaged parameters are. When the values are not precise enough, the probability of an incorrect handover decision will increase. However, a too big window size can cause a delayed handover decision, and so dragging the call. It could cause bad quality and a higher interference probability due to the an unnecessary increased transmit power of the currently serving base station. See also EN_PBGT_HO, HO_MARGIN(0,n), A_LEV_HO Typically: A_LEV_HO <= A_PBGT_HO, A_LEV_NC <= A_PBGT_HO -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
6
A_QUAL_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
2880 msec = 6 1-31 (480 msec - 14880 msec) multiples of SACCH period (480 msec for TCH resp. 470.77 msec for SDCCH channels) LO/UL Averaging window size for quality measurements concerning handover HOCTRL AQUALHO
Signal Quality: Averaging Period HO HOCSQ-c The number of the most recent quality measurement values, which are used in the quality averaging procedure for handover. A_QUAL_HO is used for the uplink and downlink by the BSC. The averaged measurement value is normally given every SACCH block period by the averaging procedure. The averaged measurement value is compared with the corresponding thresholds for handover decisions. The recommended default value applies for disabled DTX. With DTX enabled the weighting factor for Full measurements is considered and should be set to 2. To get a effective window size of 4 the recommended default value for this attribute with DTX enabled is 8. See also A_QUAL_PC, EN_RXQUAL_HO, W_QUAL_HO, DTX, Downlink DTX Speech, Downlink DTX Data Typically: A_QUAL_PC <= A_QUAL_HO handoverControlGSM0508 hoAveragingQualParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
7
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
7
A_QUAL_PC
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
8
960 msec = 2 1-31 (480 msec - 14880 msec) multiples of SACCH period (480 msec for TCH resp. 470.77 msec for SDCCH channels) LO/UL Averaging window size for quality measurements concerning Power Control POWER AQUALPC
Signal Quality: Averaging PC SQAVPER The number of the most recent quality measurement values, which are used in the quality averaging procedure for power control, is given by the O&M parameter A_QUAL_PC. A_QUAL_PC is used for the uplink and downlink by the BSC. The averaged measurement value is normally given every SACCH block period by the averaging procedure. The averaged measurement value is used in the handover comparison procedure. See also EN_MS_PC, EN_BS_PC Typically: A_QUAL_PC <= A_QUAL_HO powerControlGSM0508 pcAveragingQual
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
8
AC_CN
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
no class barred 0-15 0-9: normal subscriber, 10: emergency calls, 11-15: special or restricted LO/UL Access Control Class N is used to bar MSs of specific access classes. BTS ACCESSCLASS
Not Allowed Access Classes CELL ACC The Parameter AC_CN is used to prevent MSs belonging to special access classes from making access attempts (including emergency call attempts) or responding to paging messages in the specified area. The use of this facility allows the network operator to prevent overload of the cell under critical conditions. It is not intended that access control be used under normal operating conditions. The integers specified define the classes inaccessible to the MS. The access classes the MS is allowed to use are stored on its Subscriber Identity Module (SIM). If the access for a certain class is barred, this is no reason for an MS for cell reselection, i.e. the MS can not access the network. If there is an overload on the RACH, it should be tried prior of barring an access class to reduce the number of access attempts by decreasing parameter 'MAX_RETRANS'. See also for automatic barring in overload situations: Barring Sequence, EN_ACC_BARRING, M1, M2, N1, N2 bts notAllowedAccessClasses
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
9
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
9
ACC Card Version
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
10
Text Version information about the BCF Advanced Communications Controller (ACC) Card BSC of type BCF only. ACC / accCard ROMMODNAME, ROMREVCODE, ROMUPDTIME, TYPE
Interface Card Type, ROM Update Time, ROM Module Name, ROM Revision Code The ACC Card Version attribute contains following information: Card Type (20 bytes) ROM update time (24 bytes) e.g. Thu Jan 18 11:00:00 1996 ROM module name (12 bytes) ROM revision code (8 bytes) GSM1220_gsmEquipment version
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
10
ACC Clock Source
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-1 0 = internal-baud-generator, 1 = external-clock The ACC Card E1 Port Clock Source defines the source of the clock being used in generating and sampling the raw bit stream. BSC of type BCF only. ACCE1PORT CLKSOURCE
Clock Source The source of the clock can be derived either from externally located equipment or from the ACC card itself. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
11
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
11
ACC Data Encoding
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
12
0-2 0 = high-density-bipolar-3-zeros, 1 = bipolar-8-zero-substitution, 2 = alternating-mark-inversion The ACC Card E1 Port Data Encoding defines the way in which timing (clock) information is being embedded and extracted from within the transmitted and received raw bit streams. BSC of type BCF only. ACCE1PORT DATAENCODE
Data Encoding -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
12
ACC Frame Mode
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0,1,3-6 0 = frame-4-multiframe, 1 = frame-12-multiframe, 3 = extendedsuperframes, 4 = remote-switch-mode, 5 = double frame, 6 = crcmultiframe The ACC Card E1 Port Frame Mode defines the way in which the raw bit stream is split up into frames. BSC of type BCF only. ACCE1PORT FRAMEMODE
Frame Mode Techniques such as bit-stuffing and start and end bit flags are used to distinguish frames which also might include CRC checksum algorithms. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
13
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
13
ACC Port Mode
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
14
0-3 0 = e1TwistedPair, 1 = e1CoaxBNC, 2 = t1TwistedPair, 3 = loopback The ACC Card E1 Port Mode defines the various types of transmission media that are chosen to connect external equipment to the ACC cards ports. BSC of type BCF only. ACCE1PORT PORTMODE
Port Mode -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
14
Alarm State (n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0 (low) 0-1 0 = low, 1 = high LO/UL Indicates an alarm state at this input point. BTS of type RBS900 only. BTC-ARU ALRMSTATEx
Alarm State BTC DIP-c Range:LOW = 0, HIGH = 1 The digital input point parameters contain information required by the BTC to assign individual configuration data to each input line on the Control Alarm and Control Port (CAP/CCP) for the RBS900 or the external alarm box (EAB) for the BTS2000. Depending on the BTS type up to 24 external devices can be connected to the BTC, but only 16 are visible on the OMC. This parameter defines the physical input potential (high or low) to be considered as 'alarm active'. See also Input Point Adr (n), Input Hysterese (n), Ext. Error Id (n) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
15
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
15
ARFCN_NC(n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
16
1-1024 GSM900: 1-124; GSM1800: 512-885 LO/UL Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH frequency of neighbour cell n. Used by MS in connected mode for handover ADJCELL BCCH
BCCH Frequency NCELL CDESC-g Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of neighbour cell n. This frequency is used by a connected MS for handover purposes. This data is sent to the MS, so that measurements from all adjacent cells can be sent to the controlling BSC. Frequency allocation is matter of cellular network planning. All frequency related attributes (CA_ARFCN, INIT_FREQ, BCCH_FREQ, MA_ARFCN, ARFCN_NC(n), BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n)) shall adhere to this planning. ARFCN_NC(n) is normally equal to or a subset of BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n). Formerly: BA_SACCH. In the GSM standards this parameter is called BCCH_FREQ_NCELL. Parameter BCCH_FREQ of the neighbour cell and all ARFCN_NC(n) and BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n) referencing this cell is required to have the same value. adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 bCCHFrequency
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
16
Assoc. FH-System
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
255 (no hopping) 0-7,255 0-7: RDN value of associated FH object, 255: no hopping channel LO/UL Specifies the associated Frequency Hopping System or no frequency hopping. CHN FREQHOPREL
Frequency Usage CHN FHREL Range:FH0 = 0, .., FH7 = 7, NOFH = 255 Assigns the channel to an existing frequency hopping system. See also CH_TYPE For frequency hopping the referenced FH object shall exist and the channel shall not be of type mainBCCH, mainBCCHCombined(-CB) or CCCH. For modification of this attribute the 'old' and the 'new' associated FH object are required to be administratively locked. The frequency (INIT_FREQ) of the RT serving the channel has to be contained in the frequency list (MA_ARFCN) of the associated FH system. The frequencies of a hopping system FH associated to a hopping channel are not used within other hopping systems FH which have been associated to other CHN using the same physical timeslot. All CHN using the same timeslot are not to be set to non hopping, as soon as the initial frequency (INIT_FREQ) of a serving RT is assigned to an associated FH. channel frequencyUsage
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
17
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
17
ATT
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
18
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL This parameter indicates whether the MS is allowed to apply the IMSI attach and detach procedures. BTS WIMSIATTDET
Allow IMSI Attach Detach BTS CONFCCH-c Specifies whether the VLR in the network supports IMSI attaching and detaching. If enabled, each MS that is switched off transmits the 'IMSI detach' message to the network before powering down. When it is switched on again, it will send the 'IMSI attach' message. If the VLR entry of the MS specifies that the MS is currently detached, no paging to this MS will take place. Instead, any call termination attempt to the detached MS can be directly routed to congestion tone, or an announcement by the network. If there is an overload on the paging channel, ATT may be a means to reduce the overload. bts allowIMSIAttachDetach
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
18
Backup Capability
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0 (no backup) 0-2 0 = no backup, 1 = bcch backup, 2 = sdcch backup LO/UL Defines RT as backup for BCCH or SDCCH RT RT BACKUP
Backup Capability RT RTMODE Range:NOBACKUP = 0, BCCHBACKUP = 1, SDCCHBACKUP = 2 For automatic reconfiguration the management function must know which RT can be used as backup for BCCH/SDCCH. If BCCH and SDCCH are configured on the same RT, only the backup for BCCH needs to be defined. On BCCH/SDCCH reconfiguration between backup and backed-up RT the following parameters are exchanged: Diversity Indication, RT Rack Id., RT Shelf Id, FHE Slice Address. Only RTs carrying traffic channels only can be configured as backup RT. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
19
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
19
Barring Sequence
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
20
11,12,..,15,10 10-15 10: emergency calls, 15: PLMN Staff, 14: Emergency Services, 13: Public Utilities (e.g. water/gas suppliers), 12: Security Services, 11: For PLMN Use LO/UL This parameter defines the sequence of the access classes are going to be barred in case of overload in the BSS if access classes 0-9 are already barred. Up to all six of the access classes 10-15 may be mentioned. BTS BARSEQ10_15
Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Bar Sequence CELL OVERLOAD-f Barring is used to prevent MSs belonging to special access classes from making access attempts (including emergency call attempts) or responding to paging messages in the specified area. The use of this facility allows to recover from overload. The MS stores the access control class on its Subscriber Identity Module (SIM). If the access for a certain class is barred, MSs with that class may only try to get a connection in the neighbour cells. Automatic barring is done by the BSS in case of overload. Depending on the severity of overload the BSS starts with barring access classes 0-9 with random starting class and step size M1 (unbarring with step size M2). If classes 0-9 are barred and there is still an overload situation, the BSS continues barring with access classes 10-15. The barring sequence for access classes 10-15 is given in parameter 'Barring Sequence' and the step size in N1 (unbar: N2). The timer T17 (MAP-Timer) and T18 (MAPTimer) are used for barring resp. unbarring. Automatic barring can be enabled/disabled with flag EN_ACC_BARRING. See also: EN_ACC_BARRING, M1, M2, N1, N2, T17 (MAP-Timer), T18 (MAP-Timer) The operator can bar manually special MS access classes with parameter AC_CN. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
20
BCC (in BSIC)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-7 LO The Base Station Colour Code (BCC) is part of the BSIC. The BSIC is a local colour code that allows a MS to distinguish between different neighbouring base stations. The BCC is used to distinguish between different neighbouring cells using the same frequency. BTS BSIDBCC
BS Identity Code: BCC CELL BSIC-b The Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) consists of the Network Colour Code (NCC) and the Base Station Colour Code (BCC). The BSIC is a local colour code that allows a MS to distinguish between different neighbouring base stations. The BSIC is broadcast on the synchronisation channel SCH. The MS uses the BSIC in the following way: 1. In idle mode the MS shall attempt to check the BSIC for each of the 6 strongest non-serving cell BCCH carriers at least every 30 seconds, to confirm that it is monitoring the same cell. If a change of BSIC is detected then the carrier shall be treated as a new carrier and the BCCH data redetermined. 2. In connected mode the MS shall demodulate the SCH on the BCCH carrier of each surrounding cell and decode the BSIC as often as possible, and as a minimum at least once every 10 seconds. For broadcast (BCCH) and common control channels (PCH and AGCH) the BCC is used as TSC, i.e. the TSC set by operator is ignored. The BSIC shall only be changed on request of cellular network planning. See also: NCC (in BSIC), BCC_NC(n), NCC_NC(n), PLMN_PERMITTED, TSC bts bsIdentityCode.BTSColourCode
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
21
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
21
BCC_NC(n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
22
0-7 LO/UL The Base Station Colour Code of Neighbour Cell n (BCC_NC) is part of the BSIC_NC. The BSIC_NC is a local colour code that allows a MS to distinguish between different neighbouring base stations. The BCC is used to distinguish between different neighbouring cells using the same frequency. ADJCELL BSIDBCC
BS Identity Code: BCC NCELL CDESC-c The Base Station Identity Code of a neighbour cell (BSIC_NC) consists of the Network Colour Code (NCC_NC) and the Base Station Colour Code (BCC_NC) of that neighbour cell. The BSIC is a local colour code that allows a MS to distinguish between different neighbouring base stations. The BSIC is broadcast on the synchronisation channel SCH. The MS uses the BSIC in the following way: 1. In idle mode the MS shall attempt to check the BSIC for each of the 6 strongest non-serving cell BCCH carriers at least every 30 seconds, to confirm that it is monitoring the same cell. If a change of BSIC is detected then the carrier shall be treated as a new carrier and the BCCH data redetermined. 2. In connected mode the MS shall demodulate the SCH on the BCCH carrier of each surrounding cell and decode the BSIC as often as possible, and as a minimum at least once every 10 seconds. The BSIC shall only be changed on request of cellular network planning. See also: BCC (in BSIC), NCC (in BSIC), NCC_NC(n), PLMN_PERMITTED, TSC BCC_NC(n) is required to have the same value as parameter BCC of that neighbour cell. adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 bsIdentityCode.BTSColourCode
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
22
BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
1-1024 GSM900: 1-124; GSM1800: 512-885 LO/UL BCCH frequency of neighbour cell used by MS in idle mode for reselection ADJRES BCCH
BCCH Frequency NCELL ADCCH Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of neighbour cell n. This frequency is used by an idle MS for (re-)selection. The BCCH frequency is fixed for a cell. The operator has to care for that the correct value is used every time it is referenced as neighbour cell. Frequency allocation is matter of cellular network planning. All frequency related attributes (CA_ARFCN, INIT_FREQ, BCCH_FREQ, MA_ARFCN, ARFCN_NC(n), BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n)) shall adhere to this planning. See also ARFCN_NC(n). Formerly: BA_BCCH. In the GSM standards this parameter is called BA (BCCH Allocation). Parameter BCCH_FREQ of the neighbour cell and all ARFCN_NC(n) and BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n) referencing this cell are required to have the same value. adjacentCellReselection bCCHFrequency
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
23
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
23
BCCH_FREQ
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
24
1-1024 GSM900: 1-124; GSM1800: 512-885 Absolute RF Channel Number of BCCH Channel BTS BCCH
BCCH Frequency BTS BCCHF Read only attribute, which displays the ARFCN of the BCCH channel of a cell. The BCCH channel is determined by the object CHN with parameter CH_TYPE value 4 (mainBCCH), 5 (mainBCCHCombined) or 8 (mainBCCHCombinedCB), respectively. Frequency allocation is matter of cellular network planning. All frequency related attributes (CA_ARFCN, INIT_FREQ, BCCH_FREQ, MA_ARFCN, ARFCN_NC(n), BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n)) shall adhere to this planning. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
24
BS_AG_BLKS_RES
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0 for non SMSCB systems, 1 for SMSCB systems 0-7 Number of reserved blocks LO/UL Number of CCCH (Common Control Channel) blocks within a multiframe reserved for Access Grant Messages. The number of PCH (Paging Channel) blocks is reduced by the same number. BTS BLKACCGRNT
No. of Blocks For Access Grant BTS CONFCCH-a The Paging Channel (PCH) and the Access Grant Channel (AGCH) share the same TDMA frame mapping when combined onto a basic physical channel. The channels are shared on a block by block basis, and information within each block allows a mobile to determine whether the block contains paging messages or access grants. Every PCH can be used by the system as AGCH, but it is not allowed to the system to use AGCH-blocks to transmit paging requests. However, to ensure a mobile satisfactory access to the system, a variable number of the available blocks in each 51-multiframe can be reserved for access grants only. BS_AG_BLKS_RES gives the number of blocks reserved and is broadcast on the BCCH. It is useful, to set this parameter to the smallest value and let the system organise the channel usage. In the case of Mobile Originated Calls more AGCHs will be needed, in the case of Mobile Terminated Calls the necessity for PCHs increases. In the average, the number of Mobile Originated Calls is very much higher than the number of Mobile Terminated Calls. If this parameter is chosen too high with the result of a PCH-shortage in the case of high traffic density, there may arise an overload-indication of the PCH. See also CH_TYPE Range depends on CH_TYPE of BCCH channel: - 0-7: if BCCH channel is of type mainBCCH - 0-2: if BCCH channel is of type mainBCCHCombined - 1-2: if BCCH channel is of type mainBCCHCombinedCB If CellBroadcast is enabled for a cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES must not be set to 0. bts noOfBlocksForAccessGrant
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
25
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
25
BS_PA_MFRMS
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
26
4 0-7 Number of multiframes = BS_PA_MFRMS + 2 LO/UL BS_PA_MRFMS gives the number of 51 TDMA multiframes between transmissions of paging messages to mobiles of the same paging group. BTS MULTIFRMPG
No. Of Multiframes Between Paging BTS CONFCCH-b When BS_PA_MFRMS is increased , the number of paging groups is increased too with the advantage that idle subscribers have to be less active. BS_PA_MFRMS should be chosen in an appropriate way. If the value is too small, there may be an overload due to a shortage of paging channels. If the value is too high so that the time between two paging calls is high, it may occur an overload situation in the paging queue in the BSS. The available paging blocks per CCCH is determined by the BCCH channel type (9 in case of mainBCCH, 3 in case of mainBCCHCombined) reduced by BS_AG_BLKS_RES (number of blocks reserved for access grant) and this multiplied with BS_PA_MFRMS + 2. See also CH_TYPE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES Value should be chosen dependent on CH_TYPE of BCCH channel and BS_AG_BLKS_RES. bts noOfMultiframesBetweenPaging
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
26
BS_TXPWR_RED
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0dB = 0 0-6 Unit: -2 dB LO/UL Base Station TX transmitter power reduction. The maximum power level which can be used by the BTS is the Base Station Transmitter Peak Power reduced by BS_TXPWR_RED. POWER BSTXPWRRED
BS Tx Power Reduction PC TXPWRRED This parameter is used to reduce the BS transmitter maximum peak power with six steps of nominally 2dB. This allows a fine adjustment of the coverage by the network operator. This power reduction is set normally only once during cell installation. It is a static power reduction and does not refer to dynamic power control. Note: This parameter is not affected by EN_BS_PC radioCarrier txPwrMaxReduction
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
27
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
27
BTS-Abis-Position
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
28
NoPredecessor Choice "Predecessor Cell" and distinguished name of predecessor BTS, "Connected to BSC" or "Prodecessor Unknown" LO/UL Position of a BTS in a multidrop chain. BTS PRDBTSUNDEF, PRDBTS
BTS Position, Predecessor Cell This parameter allows the BSC to determine how the different BTS are concatenated in a multidrop chain. In case of an Abis link break the BSC calculates, which BTSs are affected. If the attribute is set to 'No predecessor cell', then the BTS is the first BTS in the chain. If different objects BTS have the same 'predecessor cell', then they form a multicell site (not in case of RBS900). At the GUI the attribute 'BTS Position' can be set to one of the values "Predecessor Cell", "Connected to BSC" or "Prodecessor Unknown". If "Predecessor Cell" is selected the attribute 'Predessor Cell' has to be set to the distinguished name of the predecessor BTS. At the AUI the attribute 'PRDBTSUNDEF' defines whether the BTS position is known (value 'false') or not known (value 'true'). If the position is known the attribute 'PRDBTS' has to be set to an empty string if the BTS is connected directly to the BSC, or set to the distinguished name of the predecessor BTS if the BTS is connected to another BTS. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
28
C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Se Sema man ntics: Modification State: Short hort Descr escrip ipttion: ion:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long De Descrip ription:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
40 seconds (=83) 0-127 mulltiples of mu of SA SACCH pe period (4 (480 ms msec ffo or TC TCH re resp. sp. 47 470.77 ms msec ffo or SDCCH channels) LO/UL Thre Thresh shol old d for for the the durat uratio ion n of stay stay coun counte ter, r, Cd Cdos os,, of an MS in a Low ower er Layer cell. Used during the handover target cell evaluation process to control handovers to neighbouring Lower and Middle Layer cells. Also used to control the use of power budget (PBGT_HO) handovers between neighbouring Lower Layer cells. This parameter is ignored for Upper and Middle Layer and Standard cells. HOCTRL LOWSLOW
HO from Lower Cell/for Slower MS HO HOMICROCELL-b Afte fter an an as assig signme men nt to to a SDCCH or or TC TCH of of a Lo Lower La Layer ce cell (i (i.e. af after an intercell handover) the duration of stay of the MS in the serving cell is measured using the Cdos counter. On assignment the Cdos counter is started from 0 and is incremented by 1 for every SACCH multiframe. If a mandatory handover is requested and the Cdos counter is greater than the threshold defined by C_MICRO_HO but less than the threshold defined by C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO the resulting r esulting handover shall be performed with preference to Middle Layer cells. If a handover is triggered and the Cdos counter has reached the threshold defined by C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO the resulting handover shall be performed with preference to Lower Layer cells. On call set-up in a Lower Layer cell, the Cdos counter is set to its threshold value, C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO, C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO, and the MS is immediately considered to be 'slow' moving (i.e. first handover after call set-up will be performed with preference to a neighbouring Lower Layer cell). For MS served by Lower Layer cells, power budget handover (PBGT_HOs) are only permitted once the MS has been classified as slow moving, i.e. Cdos > C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO See also: C_MICRO_HO, CELL_TYPE, C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO Typically: C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO > C_MICRO_HO -
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
29
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
29
C_MICRO_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Se Sema man ntics: Modification State: Shor Shortt De Desc scri ript ptiion: on:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long De Descrip ription:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
30
20 seconds (=42) 0-127 mulltiples of mu of SA SACCH pe perio riod (4 (480 ms msec ffo or TC TCH re resp. 47 470.77 ms msec ffo or SDCCH channels) LO/UL Thre Thresh shol old d for for tthe he dura durati tion on of sta stay, Cdo Cdos s cou count nter er,o ,off a MS in a low ower er (Lo (Lower or Middle) layer cell. Used during the handover target cell evaluation process to control handovers from lower to upper cell layer. This parameter is ignored for Upper Layer and Standard cells. HOCTRL MICROTHRESH
HO to Higher Cell/for Faster MS After an an as assignme men nt to to a SDCCH or or TC TCH of of a Lower or or Mi Middle La Layer ce cell (i.e. after an intercell handover) the duration of stay of the MS in the serving cell is measured using the Cdos counter. On assigment the Cdos counter is started from 0 and incremented by 1 for every SACCH multiframe. For Lower and Middle Layer Cell the following holds: If a mandatory handover is requested and the Cdos counter is less than the threshold defined by C_MICRO_HO the resulting handover shall be performed perf ormed with preference into Upper Layer cells. A handover into an adjacent lower layer cell is only allowed if a target cell of the higher hierarchical cell layer (Upper or Middle Layer) is not available. For Middle Layer Cells Cells the following holds: If a mandatory handover is requested and the Cdos counter has reached the C_MICRO_HO threshold the resulting handover shall be performed with preference to neighbouring Middle Layer cells (assuming the cdosnc(i) counter has not reached its C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO threshold, in which case a 'layer down' handover to a neighbouring Lower Layer cell will be performed). perf ormed). For Lower Layer Cells the following holds: If a mandatory handover is requested and the Cdos counter is greater than the threshold defined by C_MICRO_HO but less than the threshold defined by C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO the resulting handover shall be performed with preference into Middle Layer cells. A handover into an adjacent Lower Layer cell is only allowed if a target cell of the higher hierarchical cell layer (Middle Layer preferred) is not available At call set-up on a Lower or Middle Layer cell, the Cdos counter is set to its threshold value for that particular layer, C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO (for Lower Layer Layer cells) and C_MICRO_HO C_MICRO_HO (for Middle Layer Layer cells). The first handover encountered after call set-up will be performed with preference to neighbouring cells of the same layer. See also: C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO, C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO, CELL_TYPE, C_MICRO_HO, C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO, C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO, UMBRELLA_MICRO_H UMBRELLA_MICRO_HYST YST Typically: C_MICRO_HO < C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO -
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
30
C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Se Sema man ntics: Modification State: Short hort Descr escrip ipttion: ion:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long De Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
40 seconds (=83) 0-127 mulltiples of mu of SA SACCH pe period (4 (480 ms msec ffo or TC TCH re resp. sp. 47 470.77 ms msec ffo or SDCCH channels) LO/UL Thre Thresh shol old d for for the the durat uratio ion n of stay stay,, Cd Cdos osnc nc(i (i)) coun counte ter, r, of a MS in the the coverage area of a neighbour cell of a lower layer (Middle or Lower). Used to control handovers from upper to lower cell layer using 'layer down' criteria. This parameter is ignored for Lower Layer and Standard cells. HOCTRL UMBTHRESH
Umbrella Cell Threshold HO HOUMBRCELL-b Afte fter ch channel al allocation on on a SDCCH or or TC TCH of of a Middle or or Up Upper La Layer cell the duration of stay of the MS in the coverage area of all lower layer neighbour cells (Lower or Middle Cell Layer) is measured. On assignment of a SDCCH channel the Cdosnc(i) counter is started for all neighbouring lower layer cells that satisfy the TH5 condition. c ondition. The Cdosnc(i) counter ranges from 0 to C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO. C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO. The counter is incremented by 1 for every SACCH multiframe that the received level for lower layer layer neighoubring cells satisfies the TH5 condition. If the TH5 condition is not met or the rxlev for a cell is not available in the measurement report, the counter is decremented by 1. If the duration of stay in the coverage area of a lower layer neighbour cell reaches the threshold defined for this counter, C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO, C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO, a 'layer down' handover is triggered See also UMBRELLA_MICRO_H UMBRELLA_MICRO_HYST, YST, CELL_TYPE, C_MICRO_HO, C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO -
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
31
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
31
CA_ARFCN
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Shor Shortt Des Descr crip ipti tion on::
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Long Descr escriipti ption: on:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
32
empty 1-1024 GSM900: 1-124; GSM1800: 512-885 LO/UL Celll All Ce Alloc ocat atiion Absol bsolu ute RF Cha Chan nnel nel Num Numbe ber. r. This This infor nforma mati tion on is use used d for for frequency hopping and lists all frequencies that are allowed to be used for FH in the cell. BT S CELLALLOC
Cell Allocation CELL CA The The CA CA_A _AR RFCN FCN is part part of the the infor nforma mati tion on elem eleme ent cell cell chan channe nell desc descri ript ptiion and is used to provide the absolute radio frequency channel numbers that can be used for hopping. The parameter MA_ARFCN selects the frequencies actually used for a specific frequency hopping system from this list. Frequency allocation is matter of cellular network planning. All frequency related attributes (CA_ARFCN, INIT_FREQ, BCCH_FREQ, MA_ARFCN) shall adhere to this planning. See also MA_ARFCN INIT_FREQ, BC BCCH_FREQ, MA MA_ARFCN must be belong to to same fr frequency band. Modification of the attribute is possible in BTS state locked. For modification in BTS state unlocked all FH systems have to be in state locked. bts cellAllocation
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
32
CCCH Load Ind. Threshold (PAGING_LOAD_THR)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
63 0-32767 LO/UL Defines the number of busy slots to start/stop sending messages between the BTS and BSC. BTS THRCCCHLDIND
Threshold CCCH Load Indication BTS LDINDCCH-a Used for the load indication of CCHs. See also EN_CCCH_LOAD_IND and CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD bts thresholdCCCHLoadIndication
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
33
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
33
CCCH_COMB_WITH_SDC CH
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
34
Boolean False: mainBCCH, True: mainBCCHCombined(-CB) Indicates whether the CCCH is combined with Stand-alone Dedicated CCH (SDCCH) BTS CCCHWSDCH
CCCH Combined with SDCCH BTS NRCCCH.COMBINED_WITH_SDCCH This is a read-only parameter which can only be set implicitly via parameter CH_TYPE during creation of object CHN. If this parameter has the value 'True' the timeslot 0 of the BCCH frequency is of type mainBCCHCombined (channel type v), otherwise it is of type mainBCCH (channel type iv) GSM name: BS_CCCH_SDCCH_COMB See also 'No. of CCCH', CH_TYPE channelType -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
34
CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
240 sec = 255 1-255 Unit: 4 * 51 TDMA multiframes = 941.5 msec LO/UL Defines the time between CCCH_LOAD_INDICATION messages. BTS PRDCCCHLDIND
Period CCCH Load Indication BTS LDINDCCH-b Used for the load indication of CCHs. This parameter specifies the periodicity of the message load indication CCH which is sent from the BTS to the BSC. The load indication is calculated with the parameters RACH_MEAS_PERIOD and RACH_BUSY_THRES. If the received signal level is greater than or equal to the value of RACH_BUSY_THRES then the RACH burst in question will be indicated as busy (one or more MSs have tried to access the network). See also EN_CCCH_LOAD_IND, CCCH Load Ind. Threshold (PAGING_LOAD_THR), RACH_BUSY_THRES, RACH_MEAS_PERIOD CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD >= RACH_MEAS_PERIOD bts periodCCCHLoadIndication
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
35
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
35
CELL_BAR_ACCESS
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
36
False Boolean False: Cell is unbarred, True: Cell is barred LO/UL This attribute indicates whether MSs are prevented from accessing the cell for (re)selection. BTS CELLBAR
Cell Barred CELL CBAR A MS can only camp on those cells, which are not barred. In case of emergency calls, the access to the net is allowed. Handover into a barred cell is possible. This parameter is used to configure "handover-only" cells (i.e. this parameter does not effect a mobile's behaviour in dedicated mode). It should be taken care, that not too many cells of a network are barred at the same time to avoid overload in unbarred neighbour cells and to allow subscribers to find another cell, where calls are allowed. For cell selection according to the C2 criteria for GSM phase 2 MS see also CELL_BAR_QUALIFY. The barred status of a cell with C2 criteria depends both on CELL_BAR_ACCESS and on the cell's priority indicated by CELL_BAR_QUALIFY. A cell can also be barred only for certain access classes, see AC_CN. bts cellBarred
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
36
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
False Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL This attribute indicates the affecting cell priority for cell selection with C2 criteria. BTS CELLBARQ
Cell Reselection: Cell Bar Qualify CELL C2CRIT-e A phase 2 MS selects only a cell of low priority if there is no cell of normal priority. This parameter has no influence on cell reselection. The priority of cells is used for hierarchical cells. lower layer cells are set to normal priority. A MS that is not moving selects the lower layer cell and camps there. A moving MS when reselecting another cell does not obey the cell priority and can reselect a upper layer cell. The barred status of a cell depends both on CELL_BAR_ACCESS and on the cell's priority indicated by CELL_BAR_QUALIFY. If CELL_BAR_QUALIFY is set the cell priority is low independent on CELL_BAR_ACCESS. If CELL_BAR_QUALIFY is not set the normal meaning of CELL_BAR_ACCESS applies. See also CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND, CELL_RES_OFFSET, TEMPORARY_OFFSET and PENALTY_TIME, which specify the criteria for cell (re)selection according to the C2 criteria for GSM phase 2 MS. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
37
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
37
CELL_RES_OFFSET
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
38
5 0-63 2 * CELL_RES_OFFSET dB LO/UL This attribute applies an offset to the C2 reselection criteria for that cell BTS CELLOFF
Cell Reselection: Cell Offset CELL C2CRIT-b The CELL_RES_OFFSET is a static offset that can be added to or subtracted from the C2 re-selection criterion in order to either encourage or discourage mobiles from re-selecting certain cells. CELL_RES_OFFSET is added to the C2 reselection criteria if PENALTY_TIME is in the range 0 to 30. For a cell with PENALTY_TIME set to 31 the C2 reselection criteria is reduced by CELL_RES_OFFSET. CELL_RES_OFFSET can also be used in dual band networks to encourage mobiles to re-select one band in preference to another. See also CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND, TEMPORARY_OFFSET, PENALTY_TIME. These parameters specify the criteria for cell reselection according to the C2 criteria for GSM phase 2 MS. Should be set to 0 in case of Hierarchical Cell Networks. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
38
CELL_RESELECT_HYST.
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
6dB = 3 0-7 Unit: 2dB LO/UL This parameter specifies the RF power threshold value an MS has to receive in idle mode in order to reselect another cell of another location area. BTS CELLRESELHYST
Cell Reselect Hysteresis RADIO CRESHYST This parameter is used in case of cell (re)selection on the border of two different location areas. If an idle MS moves through an area, on the border of two cells, which are part of two different location areas, too many location updates would occur, if there was no cell reselect hysteresis set. With the hysteresis set, the new cell is only selected if the RX (receive) level exceeds the specified hysteresis value for 5 seconds. bts cellReselectHysteresis
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
39
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
39
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM _IND
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
40
False Boolean False: disable C2 (C1 is used), True: enable C2 LO/UL Enables the C2 criterion for cell re-selection BTS C2ENABLE
Cell Reselection: C2 Criterion CELL C2CRIT-a The CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND parameter is used to enable the C2 criterion for cell re-selection during Idle Mode. If CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND is disabled the C1 criterion will be applied. The C2 reselection criteria was introduced to support hierarchical cell structures to encourage mobiles to 'camp-on' different cell layers in accordance with its speed by using static and dynamic offsets. A MS should reselect a cell layer that corresponds to its speed, i.e. a MS, that is moving very slowly or not moving at all, should reselect a lower layer cell, and a fast moving MS should reselect a upper layer cell. C2 is calculated for all cells in a mobile's strongest server list that exhibit a positive C1 value. If C1 < 0, C2 is not calculated for that cell. See also CELL_RES_OFFSET, TEMPORARY_OFFSET, PENALTY_TIME. These parameters specify the criteria for cell reselection according to the C2 criteria for GSM phase 2 MS. The C2 criterion is only applicable to Phase 2 mobiles -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
40
CELL_TYPE
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
StandardCell 0-15 0 = Standard, 1 = Lower, 2 = Middle, 3 = Upper, 4-15 spare LO/UL Defines the cell type (cell layer) . The cell type definition determines the type of Handover Threshold Comparison algorithm employed in that cell which also influences the Handover Target Cell Identification process. BTS CELLTYPE
Cell Type CELL CTYPE Range:STANDARDCELL = 0, MICROCELL = 1, MACROCELL = 2, UMBRELLACELL = 3 A cell may be defined as a Standard Cell, Lower Layer cell, Middle Layer cell, or Upper Layer cell. Special cell layers can be identified by capitals at the beginning of the name of the respective cell layer (Lower Layer, Middle Layer, Upper Layer) while the relations between Cell Layers are described by small letters (a lower cell layer, a upper cell layer). The cell layer determines the algorithm used for handover and the priority ranking of neighbour cells. In non-hierarchical networks only cells of Standard Layer shall be used. In hierarchical cell structures all cell layers are allowed. See also : C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO, C_MICRO_HO, C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO, CELL_TYPE_NC(n) The value for CELL_TYPE and CELL_TYPE_NC(n) referencing the same cell are normally equal. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
41
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
41
CELL_TYPE_NC(n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
42
StandardCell 0-15 0 = Standard, 1 = Lower, 2 = Middle, 3 = Upper, 4-15 spare LO/UL Defines the cell type (cell layer) of the neighbour cell to be considered in handover algorithm. ADJCELL CELLTYPE
Cell Type NCELL CDESC-l The CELL_TYPE_NC(i) parameter defines the cell type of a cell in the neighbour lists of its neighbouring cells. A cell may be defined as a Standard cell, Lower Layer cell, Middle Layer cell, or Upper Layer cell. Special cell layers can be identified by capitals at the beginning of the name of the respective cell layer (Lower Layer, Middle Layer, Upper Layer) while the relations between Cell Layers are described by small letters (a lower cell layer, a upper cell layer). The cell layer NC determines the priority ranking of neighbour cells. In non-hierarchical networks only cells of Standard Layer shall be used. In hierarchical cell structures all cell layers are allowed. See also : C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO, C_MICRO_HO, C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO, CELL_TYPE The value for CELL_TYPE and CELL_TYPE_NC(n) referencing the same cell are normally equal. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
42
CH_TYPE
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0,3-8 0 = TCHFull, 3 = SDCCH, 4 = mainBCCH, 5 = mainBCCHCombined, 6 = CCCH, 7 = SDCCHCB, 8 = mainBCCHCombinedCB CHannel TYPE CHN CHANTYPE
Channel Type CHN CHTYPE Range:TCHF = 0, TCHFH = 2, SDCCH = 3, BCCH = 4, BCCHC = 5, CCCH = 6, SDCCHB = 7, BCCHCB = 8 Possible Channel types are: 0 = i (TCHFull): TCH/F + FACCH/F + SACCH/TF 3 = vii (SDCCH): SDCCH/8 + SACCH/C8 4 = iv (mainBCCH): FCCH + SCH + BCCH + CCCH 5 = v (mainBCCHCombined): FCCH + SCH + BCCH + CCCH + SDCCH/4 + SACCH/C4 6 = vi (CCCH): BCCH + CCCH 7 = vii+ (SDCCHCB): This channel type is derived from channel type 3 such that CBCH replaces SDCCH number 2. 8 = v+ (mainBCCHCombinedCB): This channel type is derived from channel type 5 such that CBCH replaces SDCCH number 2. If multiple CCCHs are necessary the mobiles are ordered to a maximum of 4 groups according to their IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity). Each group will listen to paging messages or make random accesses only on this specific CCCH. The first CCCH shall always use timeslot 0, the remaining CCCHs shall use timeslots 2,4, and 6. The BSS Local Configuration Area defines the maximum number of CCCH channels in MAX_CCCH_SLOTS channel channelCombination
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
43
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
43
Channel-Usage
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
44
0-3 0: not used, 1: idle TCH, 2: busy TCH, 3: Control Channel Determines the current usage state of each channel which is controlled by the RT. RT GETUSAGE-RT
Channel Usage The usage state of the channel is defined as follows: Not used: The channel is not usable due to any reason (not yet created, not in the operational state Active...) Idle TCH: The TCH channel currently is not in use. Busy TCH: The TCH channel currently is in use. Control Channel: The channel is of type BCCH/CCCH or SDCCH -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
44
CI (in CGI)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-65535 LO/UL Cell Identification of this cell. BTS CELLID
Cell Global Identity: Cell Identification CELL CI Uniquely identifies the current cell within the LocationArea. The Cell Global Identity (CGI) consisting of LAI and CI uniquely identifies a cell within the whole world. The Location Area Identification (LAI) consists of the concatenation of MCC, MNC and LAC. See also MCC (in LAI), MNC (in LAI), LAC (in LAI) bts cellGlobalIdentity.CellIdentity
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
45
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
45
CI_NC(n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
46
0-65535 LO/UL Cell Identification of neighbour cell n. ADJCELL CELLID
Cell Global Identity: Cell Identification NCELL CDESC-a Uniquely identifies a neighbour cell within the LocationArea. The Cell Global Identity (CGI) consisting of LAI and CI uniquely identifies a cell within the whole world. The Location Area Identification (LAI) consists of the concatenation of MCC, MNC and LAC. For every radio cell in a GSM PLMN, a number of up to 32 neighbouring cells can be specified to be monitored by every MS with a call in progress. The MS takes signal strength measurements on the BCCH carriers of these neighbour cells and reports them to the BSS. In the BSC, the measurement result reports of every MS are evaluated and form the basis for handover decisions. In order to identify the neighbour cells, the MS decodes the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) of every monitored neighbour cell and includes this information together with information on the respective BCCH carrier frequency in the measurement result reports. In handover required messages sent from the BSC to the MSC, the preferred target cells for handover are identified by LAC (DMCS) resp. LAI (Ericsson) and CI. Therefore, in the BSC, the cell identification information provided by the MS has to be mapped onto the LAC/LAI and CI used to identify radio cells in the PLMN. See also MCC_NC(n), MNC_NC(n), LAC_NC(n) CI_NC(n) shall have the same value as parameter CI of that neighbour cell. adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 cellGlobalIdentity.CellIdentity
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
46
Circuit Id Code CIC
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-65535 Circuit Identity Code of a 64 kbit/s timeslot in the E1/T1 link (A interface) between MSC and BSS (TCE/STF). TRC CIDCPCM, CIDCTS
Circuit Id: PCM, TS TRC MSCCIC-a-b The circuit identity code is unique in the MSC and defines the address of a 64 kbit/s timeslot in the A interface as seen by the MSC. If a 2048Kbits/s (E1) or 1544Kbits/s (T1) digital path is used then the circuit identification code contains in the 5 least significant bits a binary representation of the actual number of the timeslot which is assigned to the circuit. The remaining bits in the CIC are used where necessary, to identify one among several systems interconnecting an originating and destination point. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
47
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
47
Clock_Source
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
48
2 (pcm) 1,2,5 1 = acg, 2 = pcm, 5 = ext LO This attribute specifies the type of clock source that the primary CCG shall use. This parameter is only for RBS900. CCG CLKSRC
Clock Source CCG CLKSRC-a Possible clock sources for the primary CCG are: The Auxiliary Clock Generator (ACG) is an additional board in the BTS central unit, which provides the BTS with a stabilised clock signal with an accuracy of 0.05 ppm or better. The PCM clock is derived from an available PCM line from the LIC. The external clock is derived from an external device, e.g. from a co-located BTS. This parameter is not supported by the other BTS types than RBS900 because it is HW dependent and has to be set during installation at BTS site. See also 'Clock_Source (Redundant)' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
48
Clock_Source (Redundant)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
2 (pcm) 0,1,2,5 0 = no redundant clock source, 1 = acg, 2 = pcm, 5 = ext LO This optional attribute specifies the type of clock source to be used by a redundant CCG if it exists. This parameter is only for RBS900. CCG RDTCLKSRC
Redundant Clock Source CCG CLKSRC-b Possible clock sources for the redundant CCG are: The Auxiliary Clock Generator (ACG) is an additional board in the BTS central unit, which provides the BTS with a stabilised clock signal with an accuracy of 0.05 ppm or better. The PCM clock is derived from an available PCM line from the LIC. The external clock is derived from an external device, e.g. from a co-located BTS. This parameter is not supported by the other BTS types than RBS900 because it is HW dependent and has to be set during installation at BTS site. See also Clock_Source -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
49
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
49
Connected ACC E1
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
50
structure Identification of an ACCE1PORT The Connected ACC E1 parameter models the connection between the SRS E1 port and the ACC E1 port. BSC of type BCF only. SDFUE1PORT ACCE1
Connected ACC E1 This parameter is only required at creation if the parameter 'E1 Port Type' has value 'internal'. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
50
CRC 4 Framing
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Boolean The CRC 4 Framing parameter indicates whether a crc4 error detection algorithm is being applied to timeslot 0 of the SDFU E1 port. BSC of type BCF only. SDFUE1PORT CRC4
CRC4 Framing -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
51
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
51
Diversity Indication
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
52
True Boolean False: without diversity, True: with diversity Indicates whether two receiving antennas are connected for diversity. This parameter is only for RBS900. RT DIVERSITY
Diversity RT DIV Diversity employs two spatially separated receiving antennas in order to improve uplink signal quality. This parameter is not supported by the other BTS types than RBS900 because it is HW dependent and has to be set during installation at BTS site. See also: Backup Capability -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
52
Downlink DTX Data
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
False Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL This attribute indicates whether the Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) on downlink data TCHs is enabled or disabled. BTS DTXDATA
DTX: Downlink Data CELL DTXDL-a This attribute indicates whether the Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) on downlink for non-transparent data on TCHs is enabled or disabled independent on the MSC request. See also DTX, Downlink DTX Speech, W_QUAL_PC, W_QUAL_HO bts dtxDownlink
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
53
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
53
Downlink DTX Speech
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
54
False Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL This attribute indicates whether the Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) on downlink for speech on TCHs is used, if the MSC does not explicitly forbid the usage of DTX for the specific speech call. BTS DTXSP
DTX: Downlink Speech CELL DTXDL-b If DTX is used and there is no speech, frames between BTS and MS are only sent for comfort noise and measurements. (In the DTX mode, full rate speech is encoded at 13 kbit/s when the user is effectively speaking, but in a speech pause information is transmitted at a bit rate around 500 bit/s. This low rate flow is sufficient to encode the comfort noise, which is regenerated to ensure that the listener does not think that the connection is broken.) When DTX is applied, actual transmission on the radio path is reduced. This will reduce the overall interference level in the network. Note that transmitting in DTX mode does not save timeslots on the air-interface. See also DTX, Downlink DTX Data, W_QUAL_PC, W_QUAL_HO bts dtxDownlink
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
54
DTX
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0 (mayBeUsed) 0-2 0 = mayBeUsed, 1 = shallBeUsed, 2 = shallNotBeUsed LO/UL This attribute specifies whether the Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode on the uplink is allowed, applied or not applied, respectively. BTS DTX
DTX: Uplink CELL DTXUL Range:MAY = 0, SHALL = 1, SHALLNOT = 2 If DTX is used and there is no speech, frames between MS and BTS are only sent for comfort noise and measurements. (In the DTX mode, full rate speech is encoded at 13 kbit/s when the user is effectively speaking, but in a speech pause information is transmitted at a bit rate around 500 bit/s. This low rate flow is sufficient to encode the comfort noise, which is regenerated to ensure that the listener does not think that the connection is broken.) When DTX is applied, actual transmission on the radio path is reduced. This will save battery power in the MS and reduce the overall interference level in the network. Note that transmitting in DTX mode does not save timeslots on the air-interface. See also 'Downlink DTX Data', 'Downlink DTX Speech' bts dtxUplink
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
55
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
55
E1 Port Type
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
56
0-3 0 = mlink, 1 = abis, 2 = internal, 3 = unused The SDFU E1 Port Type specifies what the E1 link is used for. It can be a link to the MSC, an Abis link, internal server link or unused. BSC of type BCF only. SDFUE1PORT TYPE
E1 Port Type -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
56
E1 Allocation(BCON)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Full distinguished name of the SDFU E1 Port of type Abis-link Identifies the SDFU E1 Port which provides the Abis-interface link represented by the BCON object. BCF only BCON E1ALLOC
Available E1 Allocation Port -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
57
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
57
E1 Allocation(MCON)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
58
Full distinguished name of the SDFU E1 Port of type M-link Identifies the SDFU E1 Port which provides the M-interface link represented by the MCON object. BCF only MCON E1ALLOC
Available E1 Allocation Port -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
58
EN_ACC_BARRING
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enables automatic access class BARRING in case of overload. BTS ACCCLASSBAR
Access Class Overload Control: Barring Enabled CELL OVERLOAD-a Barring is used to prevent MSs belonging to special access classes from making access attempts (including emergency call attempts) or responding to paging messages in the specified area. The use of this facility allows to recover from overload. The MS stores the access control class on its Subscriber Identity Module (SIM). If the access for a certain class is barred, MSs with that class may only try to get a connection in the neighbour cells. Automatic barring is done by the BSS in case of overload. Depending on the severity of overload the BSS starts with barring access classes 0-9 with random starting class and step size M1 (unbarring with step size M2). If classes 0-9 are barred and there is still an overload situation, the BSS continues barring with access classes 10-15. The barring sequence is given in parameter 'Barring Sequence' and the step size in N1 (unbar: N2). The timer T17 (MAP-Timer) and T18 (MAP-Timer) are used for barring resp. unbarring. Access class barring can only be enabled if it is enabled in the local configuration area, too. See also: Barring Sequence, M1, M2, N1, N2, T17 (MAP-Timer), T18 (MAP-Timer) The operator can bar manually special MS access classes with parameter AC_CN. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
59
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
59
EN_BS_PC
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
60
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable dynamic power control for the BS (downlink) POWER BSRFPWR
Enable BS RF Power Control PC ENBSRFPC This parameter is used to enable or disable dynamic downlink RF power control in a specific cell. If BS power control is enabled, the RF output power on every activated downlink channel except for the carrier of the BCCH channel is dynamically adapted to the current radio conditions, otherwise the BTS always transmits at maximum power. Note: BS_TXPWR_RED is not affected by this flag. See also related power control POW _INCR_STEP_SIZE, POW_RED_STEP_SIZE, A_QUAL_PC, W_QUAL_PC, A_LEV_PC, L_RXQUAL_DL_P, L_RXLEV_DL_P, U_RXQUAL_DL_P, U_RXLEV_DL_P, P_CON_ACK, P_CON_INTERVAL, EN_MS_PC -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
60
EN_BSS_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enables the BSS to perform intercell handover. When it is disabled, the MSC will decide and perform handover. HOCTRL INTERDEC
Enable Handover: Intercell Decision HO ENICDEC Intercell handover for TCH and SDCCH may be performed by the MSC (MSC-controlled / external) or autonomously by the BSC (BSC-controlled / internal). The O&M flag EN_BSS_HO is used to enable or disable BSCinternal intercell handover for handover requests originating in a specific cell of a BSS. This flag is independent of the flag EN_INTER_HO which enables or disables the generation of requests for intercell handover in the individual cells of a BSS. However, the flag EN_BSS_HO is only meaningful if intercell handover is enabled. Disabling BSS-controlled intercell handover gives the MSC the full decision authority on handover requests and increases the handover processing load in the MSC. BSC-controlled internal intracell handover is not affected by the flag EN_BSS_HO. See also EN_INTER_HO bsc enableInternalInterCellHandover
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
61
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
61
EN_CCCH_LOAD_IND
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
62
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable CCCH (RACH and PCH) LOAD Indication recognition procedures BTS LOADIND
Load Indication Enabled BTS ENLDIND This parameter is used to enable/disable the periodic sending of Common Control Channel Load Indication messages from the BTS to the BSC for a specific cell. If enabled, CCCH LOAD Indication messages containing information on the current load situation on the random access channels (RACH) and the paging channels (PCH) of the concerned cell are periodically sent from the BTS to the BSC. The sending rate is determined by the O&M parameter CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD. In the case of multiple CCCH, independent CCCH LOAD Indication messages are sent for each CCCH subchannel. In the BSC, the CCCH LOAD Indication messages are evaluated in order to detect overload situations and to initiate appropriate countermeasures. Disabling CCH LOAD Indication may be useful in some critical situations to prevent Abis interface from signalling overload or the BSC from processor overload. Normally, however, CCCH LOAD indication should be enabled to allow RACH and PCH overload detection and appropriate countermeasures in the BSC or OMC. See also CCCH Load Ind. Threshold and CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
62
EN_DIST_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enables MS distance handover process HOCTRL MSDITPROC
Enable Handover: Optional MS Distance HO ENBSSHOC-c This parameter is used to enable or disable intercell handover due to the MS-BS distance criterion. If the timing advance for the MS becomes too big, because it is too far away from the BS, handover has to take place to a cell that is closer to the MS. No handover is executed if intercell handover is disabled by the parameter EN_INTER_HO. See also EN_INTER_HO and MS_DIST_MAX handoverControlGSM0508 enableOptHandoverProc
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
63
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
63
EN_INCOM_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
64
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL enable Incoming intercell handover (in case of service) HOCTRL INCOMHO
Enable Handover: Incoming HO ENINCOMHO This parameter enables or disables incoming intercell handover in the individual cells of a BSS. It affects intercell handover from TCH to TCH as well as intercell handover from SDCCH to SDCCH and SDCCH to TCH. Temporarily disabling incoming handovers may be useful in case of maintenance at that cell. This function is independent of the flag EN_INTER_HO which enables or disables the execution of intercell handover originating at the concerned cell. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
64
EN_INTER_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable intercell handover HOCTRL INTERHO
Enable Handover: Internal Inter-Cell HO ENBSSHOC-a The flag EN_INTER_HO enables or disables the handover comparison process for outgoing intercell handover in the individual cells of a BSS. It affects intercell handover from TCH to TCH as well as intercell handover from SDCCH to SDCCH. If intercell handover is disabled, requests for intercell handover (BSC-controlled or MSC-controlled) originating in the concerned cell are inhibited, regardless of the current radio link measurements of the calls in progress. Temporarily disabling outgoing handovers from a specific cell may be useful during updates of handover control parameters or to prevent neighbouring cells or network elements (BSC, MSC) from handover accesses or handover load, respectively. If intercell handover is enabled, requests for intercell handover originating in the concerned cell initiate a BSC controlled (internal) or MSC-controlled (external) intercell handover. This function is independent of the flag EN_BSS_HO which enables or disables the BSS-internal execution of intercell handover and of EN_INTRA_HO which enables or disables intracell handover. See also EN_RXLEV_HO, EN_RXQUAL_HO, EN_DIST_HO, EN_PBGT_HO, EN_INTRA_HO, EN_SDCCH_HO, EN_BSS_HO, EN_LOAD_REGARD, CELL_TYPE, T7 (MAP-Timer) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
65
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
65
EN_INTRA_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
66
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable intracell handover HOCTRL INTRAHO
Enable Handover: Internal Intra-Cell HO ENBSSHOC-d Specifies whether handovers within the cell are enabled or not. An intracell handover is used to switch a call from one TCH (traffic channel) or SDCCH to another within the same cell (either on the same or on different frequencies). The reason to do so is the receive quality. Preferable another frequency or at least a distant time slot on the same frequency should be selected. If intracell handover is disabled, requests for intracell handover due to interference are inhibited. Note that an inhibited request for intracell handover is not automatically substituted by a request for intercell handover. This function is independent of all intercell handover O&M parameters (e.g. EN_INTER_HO). Intracell handover is disabled if frequency hopping (FH) is activated and for a time period of A_LEV_HO after channel allocation. See also RXLEV_DL_IH, RXLEV_UL_IH, EN_INTER_HO, T7_IHO bsc enableInternalIntraCellHandover
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
66
EN_LOAD_REGARD
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
False Boolean False: disregard traffic load, True: regard traffic load LO/UL Enable handover regarding traffic load. HOCTRL LOADREG
Enable Handover: Load Regard HO ENLOADREG In addition to the handover target cell evaluation process which sets up a list of preferred adjacent cells depending on the path loss criteria of the respective neighbouring cells, the procedure handover regarding traffic load is used to arrange the target cell list taking into account the traffic load, too. If a hierarchical cell system is used the list of preferred target cells regarding traffic load is only evaluated for handover within the same cell layer. See also FREElevel_X (X=1..4), FREEfactor_X (X=1..5), LINKfactor(0,n), EN_INTER_HO -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
67
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
67
EN_MS_PC
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
68
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable dynamic power control for all MSs in a cell (uplink). POWER PWRCTRLMS
Enable MS RF Power Control PC ENMSPC Specifies whether dynamic uplink power control is enabled or not. If True, the MS adopts power according to the power control commands from the BSC. This will save the MS battery. The main reason for power control is, however, improving the spectral efficiency within the network (cell). Reducing power on BTS or MS, whilst keeping similar communication quality, decreases interference caused on other calls in the surrounding area. If this parameter is False, the MS will always transmit at maximum power level, that is calculated by the BSC as the minimum level of the MS power class and MS_TXPWR_MAX. Disabling MS power control may be useful for test purposes but is inappropriate during regular network operation since cellular network planning (frequency reuse) is based on the assumption of dynamic RF power control on the uplink. See also MS_TXPWR_MAX, POW _INCR_STEP_SIZE, POW_RED_STEP_SIZE, A_QUAL_PC, W_QUAL_PC, A_LEV_PC, L_RXQUAL_UL_P, U_RXQUAL_UL_P, L_RXLEV_UL_P, U_RXLEV_UL_P, P_CON_ACK, P_CON_INTERVAL, EN_BS_PC -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
68
EN_PBGT_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable handover due to power budget (PBGT) HOCTRL PWRBGHO
Enable Handover: Optional Power Budget HO ENBSSHOC-b This parameter is used to enable or disable intercell handover due to power budget criteria in a specific cell. Of all handovers, this handover is the most common. A power budget handover takes place as soon as a better cell with respect to the power budget is available to handle the call. A power budget handover is based on the path loss on the downlink. The assumption is made that the path loss is equivalent in both directions. The path loss is the difference between the actual transmit power of the BTS and the signal level received by the MS. Generally, the MS will switch to the BTS with the lowest path loss. If power budget handover is disabled the power budget criterion is still evaluated in the BSC to compile the list of preferred target cells for handover requests with other causes. If power budget handover is enabled and intercell handover is enabled (EN_INTER_HO), requests for intercell handover with cause 'better cell' (power budget) may be generated and initiate an intercell handover under control of the BSC or MSC. See also A_PBGT_HO, HO_MARGIN(0,n), MS_TXPWR_MAX, MS_TXPWR_MAX(n), EN_INTER_HO handoverControlGSM0508 enableOptHandoverProc
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
69
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
69
EN_RF_RES_IND
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
70
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable/disable flag for sending of RF Resource Indication from BTS/TRX to BSC. HOCTRL IDLECHNSUPV
Enable Idle Channel Supervision The idle channel supervision is used for the interference quality of channels, which are candidates for channel allocation, intracell and intercell handover. The philosophy is to direct every MS onto an idle channel with an interference level as low as possible. This is applied for TCHs. For the allocation of SDCCHs of a BTS the consideration of interference bands is not required. The EN_RF_RES_IND flag enables/disables the measurement of interference levels on idle TCHs in the BTS/TRX, the sending of the results as RF resource indication messages from the BTS/TRX to the BSC, and channel allocation regarding interference level in the BSC. See also INTAVE, INT_BOUND_X Formerly: EN_IDLE_CHN_SUP -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
70
EN_RXLEV_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable intercell handover due to receive level HOCTRL RXLEVHO
Enable Handover: Rx Level HO ENBSSHOS-b If the BSC determines that either the signals have too low quality or too low level, the BSC can perform power control for both the MS and the BS or initiate a handover. If power control is not done because of the cell type or not helpful anymore, the BS normally starts the intercell handover procedure. This parameter is used to enable or disable intercell handover due to RXLEV criterion (received signal strength) in a specific cell. If RXLEV handover is enabled and intercell handover is enabled (EN_INTER_HO), requests for intercell handover with cause 'RXLEV' may be generated and initiate an intercell handover under control of the BSC or MSC. See also EN_INTER_HO, L_RXLEV_UL_H, L_RXLEV_DL_H -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
71
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
71
EN_RXQUAL_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
72
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable receiver quality handover HOCTRL RXQUALHO
Enable Handover: Rx Quality HO ENBSSHOS-a If the BSC determines that either the signals have too low quality or too low level, it decides to perform power control for both the MS and the BS. If power control is not helpful anymore, the BS normally starts the intercell handover procedure. This parameter is used to enable or disable intercell handover due to RXQUAL criterion (received signal quality) in a specific cell. If RXQUAL handover is enabled and intercell handover is enabled (EN_INTER_HO), requests for intercell handover with cause 'RXQUAL' may be generated and initiate an intercell handover under control of the BSC or MSC. See also EN_INTER_HO, L_RXQUAL_UL_H, L_RXQUAL_DL_H -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
72
EN_SDCCH_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
True Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable SDCCH - SDCCH handover HOCTRL SDCCHHO
Enable Handover: SDCCH HO ENBSSHOS-c Specifies whether SDCCH intercell and intracell handovers are enabled or not. Usually, handovers take place on the TCH, when the call is in the speech stage. However, in rare cases it may be necessary to perform a handover when, e.g. the call is still in establishment phase. In that case the SDCCH will be handed over to another frequency or time slot. This type of handover is more likely to take place during the transmission of short messages (SMS). This parameter is only meaningful if either intracell handover (EN_INTRA_HO) or intercell handover (EN_INTER_HO) or both of them are enabled. MSC 5ESS GSM8.0 is not supporting the feature. MSC has also to support SDCCH - SDCCH HO. If not, only BSC controlled HO of this type will be possible. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
73
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
73
EN_SDCCH_TCH_HO
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
74
False Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Enable Directed Retry (SDCCH - TCH Handover) HOCTRL SDCCHTCHHO
Enable Handover: SDCCHTCH HO ENDIRRET Directed Retry allows a MS assigned to a SDCCH in a congested cell with no TCHs available to be handed over to a TCH of an appropriate neighbour cell. This feature is triggered by assignment or handover procedure and employs internal or external handover procedures. See also: T_SDCCH_HO_ALLOWED Sales option Directed Retry has to be enabled within the Local Configuration Area of the BSC (DIRRETC1/DIRRETC2). To ensure successful operation of DR the BSS shall also support 'BSSAP Queuing'. In case of Handover during Queueing, the Directed Retry will not be executed before the timer T_SDCCH_HO_ALLOWED is expired. For full DR functionality the MSC shall also support DR and Queuing; if this is not the case the operator has to accept a reduced DR functionaloty. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
74
Ext. Error Id (n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
512-527 (RBS900 Indoor), 528-543 (RBS900/4 Outdoor), 8704-8711 (BTS2000 and BTS2000/2C Outdoor), 8704-8727 (BTS2000 Indoor) LO/UL This parameter contains the error code (external error id) the digital input point will be associated with. BTC-ARU ERRORIDx
Error Id BTC DIP-d The digital input point parameters contain information required by the BTC to assign individual configuration data to each input line on the Control Alarm and Control Port (CAP/CCP) for the RBS900 or the external alarm box (EAB) for the BTS2000. Depending on the BTS type up to 24 external devices can be connected to the BTC (see table below), but only 16 are visible on the OMC. This parameter defines the error id of the alarm message, which is generated if the physical input potential changes to high or low (defined by the parameter 'Alarm State (n)'). The ranges of the external error ids are predefined in the BTS and are different for each BTS type: RBS900 - indoor: 512-527 (16) RBS900/4 - outdoor: 528-543 (16) BTS2000/2C - outdoor: 8704-8711 (8) BTS2000 - outdoor: 8704-8711 (8) BTS2000 - indoor: 8704-8727 (24) For the BTS2000 family the external error ids are defined fix for each input line and cannot be changed from the OMC. The BSC does not forward the values defined on the OMC to the BTS2000. The external error ids on the OMC are only used as a reference for the OMC parameter 'external alarm string'. The connection of physical devices to the input points is also fix. The RBS900 uses the external error ids and an exact range check is performed. For the RBS900 the operator can assign for different BTSes different error ids to the same input line. For the RBS900 indoor even different physical devices can be connected to the input lines. For the RBS900 outdoor this connection is fix. See also Input Point Adr (n), Input Hysterese (n), Alarm State (n) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
75
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
75
EXTC-Type
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
76
0-3 0 = PPP, 1 = D2MX, 2 = PPCX, 3 = CEP Extension card type BSC of type BCE only. EXTC CARDTYPE
EXTC Type EXTC EXTCTYPE Range:PPP = 0, D2MX = 1, PPCX = 2, CEP = 3 The extension card can be of type PPP, CEP, PPCX or D2MX. In case of PPCX or D2MX the parameter 'PMC Allocation' is mandatory. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
76
FHE Slice Address
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
RDN of RT 0-23 Address of the FHE Slice that the RT is connected to. This parameter is only for RBS900. RT FHE
FHE Slice Address RT FHESLICE-a The Frequency Hopping Equipment (FHE) is used in the RBS900 for baseband hopping. The RTs are split in a digital and a transceiver part that are connected by the FHE switch. The transceiver part has a fix connection to the FHE. The digital part is connected with wires. The operator must set this parameter for each RT to indicate which FHE slice the RT is wired to. This parameter reflects the physical hardware of the RBS900. Therefore it is not supported by the other BTS types. Value must be unique among RTs within the same BTS. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
77
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
77
Fis_Syn_Delay
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
78
not sync. not sync, 0, 1, 2 0 = 0m < X < 10m, 1 = 10m < X < 30m, 2 = 30m < X < 50m LO This parameter specifies the synchronisation delay to be considered, when the BTS is synchronised with another BTS. This parameter is only for RBS900. CCG ISSYNC, SYNCHRON
Master/Slave Mode, Sync Delay CCG CCGMODE-a-b If the clock is synchron (i.e. the BTS is synchronised with another BTS) this parameter contains the information to compensate the delay caused by the distance, e.g. cable length (measured in Meters (m)), between synchronised BTSs. The value specifies the cable length from the slave BTS to the master BTS. This parameter is not supported by the other BTS types than RBS900 because it is not foreseen to synchronise cells over rack bounderies. Note, that the BTS2000 is able to house up to 3 cells within one rack. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
78
FREEfactor_X (X=1..5)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
14,15,16,17,18 0-32 0 = -16dB, 1 = -15dB, ..., 32 = +16dB LO/UL Correction factor concerning the number of free channels in the handover target cell identification process regarding traffic load. HOCTRL FREEFAC
Cell Order Criterion: Free Factor CELL LDREG-b Range:(-16)-16 The parameters FREElevel_X and FREEfactor_X control the ranking of target cells for handover regarding traffic load. To classify the traffic load situation in the cells the number of free channels is mapped into one of five traffic load bands defined by FREElevel_X. To each of these bands a factor is defined by FREEfactor_X that determines the correction factor, i.e. the weight of the traffic load situation, for the handover target cell identification. If the traffic load information of an NC is not available in the serving cell, i.e. this target cell is not part of the same BSS area, the BCE_CH autonomously uses the default value FREEfactor(n)=0 for the respective NC. See also FREElevel_X (X=1..4), LINKfactor(0,n), EN_LOAD_REGARD -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
79
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
79
FREElevel_X (X=1..4)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
80
1,2,3,4 0-255 Unit: channels LO/UL The count of the free channels is divided by these boundary parameters into five bands that are used as traffic load indication of the cell for handover target cell identification. HOCTRL FREELEV
Cell Order Criterion: Free Level CELL LDREG-a The parameters FREElevel_X and FREEfactor_X control the ranking of target cells for handover regarding traffic load. To classify the traffic load situation in the cells the number of free channels is mapped into one of five traffic load bands defined by FREElevel_X. To each of these bands a factor is defined by FREEfactor_X that determines the correction factor, i.e. the weight of the traffic load situation, for the handover target cell identification. See also FREEfactor_X (X=1..5), LINKfactor(0,n), EN_LOAD_REGARD FREElevel_1 < FREElevel_2 < FREElevel_3 < FREElevel_4 -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
80
HO_MARGIN(0,n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
5dB = 29 0-48 0 = -24dB, 1 = -23dB, ..., 48 = +24dB LO/UL This parameter defines the margins for power budget handover from the current cell to the neighbouring cells. ADJCELL HOMGRN
Handover Margin NCELL CDESC-j Range:(-24) - 24 dB A basic radio criterion for handover decisions in the BSC is the power budget (PBGT) criterion. The power budget is a relative measure of the MS link power budget on a potential new link to a neighbouring cell with respect to the current link in the serving cell. Basically, the MS should always communicate with or be handed over to the cell or BTS with the lowest possible link power budget. Evaluating the power budget criterion involves the parameter HO_MARGIN(0,n) for every neighbouring cell which is subtracted from the respective PBGT(n) results, thus, producing a 'handover margin'. By proper choice of the parameters HO_MARGIN(0,n) in adjacent cells, it is possible to shift cell boundaries and to achieve a handover hysteresis which prevents repetitive handovers between adjacent cells. If the list of neighbouring cells is being altered, it should be ensured that handover processing is only active if all lists of neighbouring cell evaluation parameters are properly installed by O&M, i.e. the individual lists have the right relation to each other. If necessary, the handover processing may be suspended during a change until this is guaranteed. Higher values: fewer handovers will be triggered but the size of the cell will be bigger and so the spectral efficiency will decrease. Lower values: more handovers will be triggered which will cause more signaling traffic and can lead to ping pong situations. This parameter is unique for the relation between a cell and a neighbour cell. See also EN_PBGT_HO, A_PBGT_HO If HO_MARGIN(A,B) is the margin for a handover from cell A to the adjacent cell B (specified in cell A) and vice versa, then the dB values should adhere to: HO_MARGIN(A,B) + HO_MARGIN(B,A) > 0dB adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 hoMargin
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
81
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
81
Hopping Mode
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
82
0-1 0: baseband hopping, 1: synthesiser hopping Frequency hopping mode the BTS is able to support. BTS HOPMODE
Hopping Mode CELL HOPPMODE Range:BASEBAND = 0, SYNTHESIZER = 1 Baseband hopping: One RT for each frequency that is used for frequency hopping is required. Recommended for cells with 4 or more TRX's. Synthesiser hopping: Each RT is able to hop over a number of frequencies independent of the existance of other RTs. The RBS900 is only able to support baseband hopping. For the other BTS types the hopping mode can be modified locally with the RBT depending on the hardware capabilities. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
82
HSN
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0 (cyclic) 0-63 0 = Cyclic hopping, 1-63 = Random hopping LO The Hopping Sequence Number is used to derive the order in which the allocated frequencies are used. FH HOPSEQNO
Hopping Sequence Number FHS HSNR HSN is a constant parameter in the frequency generator equation used in the frequency hopping algorithm. In case of HSN=0 a cyclic hopping sequence of the frequencies defined by the mobile allocation (MA, see also MA_ARFCN) is generated. In all other cases a quasi random sequence is generated which is well calculable by linked BTS and MS. The feature of random frequency hopping is the statistical distribution of cochannel interference and adjacent channel interference by choosing different values for HSN in cochannel cells (same frequency in next cell clusters) and adjacent cells (different frequencies in same cluster). From the viewpoint of cellular network planning it is useful to test the individual interference relation between two cells by using a cyclic hopping sequence HSN=0. This would be applicable in systems with a great number of allocated frequencies or in synchronised systems. Physical channels on the same timeslot with equal MA and HSN are discriminated by the index offset MAIO, which is calculated by the BSS. Due to an MS procedure for measurement reporting with DTX enabled, the use of cyclic hopping where N mod 13 = 0 should be avoided (N being the number of frequencies in the MA). frequencyHoppingSystem hoppingSequenceNumber
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
83
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
83
INIT_FREQ
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
84
1-1024 GSM900: 1-124; GSM1800: 512-885 LO Each RT in a BTS is assigned a fixed Initial carrier Frequency. RT INITFREQ
Initial Frequency RT IF This parameter specifies the Absolute RF Channel Number (ARFCN) which is assigned to a TRX. Every ARFCN defines a particular pair of frequencies in the uplink and downlink frequency band. The initial ARFCNs given by INIT_FREQ for all TRXs of a BTS shall be different. Frequency allocation is matter of cellular network planning. All frequency related attributes (CA_ARFCN, INIT_FREQ, BCCH_FREQ, MA_ARFCN, ARFCN_NC(n) BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n)) shall adhere to this planning. The initial frequency is used in case of non hopping. radioCarrier carrierFrequencyList
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
84
Input Hysterese (n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
1000 msec = 100 0-255 Unit: 10 msec LO/UL The delay a state change at the input point is surveyed by the BTC before reporting the alarm. BTS of type RBS900 only. BTC-ARU HYSTTIMEx
Hysteresis Time BTC DIP-b The digital input point parameters contain information required by the BTC to assign individual configuration data to each input line on the Control Alarm and Control Port (CAP/CCP) for the RBS900 or the external alarm box (EAB) for the BTS2000. Depending on the BTS type up to 24 external devices can be connected to the BTC, but only 16 are visible on the OMC. This parameter specifies the time the signal at the input point must be stable before an alarm is reported or ceased, respectively. This parameter is not supported by the BTS2000 because the BTS2000 has fixed assigned Input Hysterese. See also Input Point Adr (n), Alarm State (n), Ext. Error Id (n) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
85
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
85
Input Point Adr (n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
86
0-15 LO/UL Address of the input point. BTS of type RBS900 only. BTC-ARU SCANPOINTx
Input Point BTC DIP-a The digital input point parameters contain information required by the BTC to assign individual configuration data to each input line on the Control Alarm and Control Port (CAP/CCP) for the RBS900 or the external alarm box (EAB) for the BTS2000. Depending on the BTS type up to 24 external devices can be connected to the BTC, but only 16 are visible on the OMC. This parameter specifies the address (number) of the input point 'n' that is configured by the parameter Input Hysterese (n), Alarm State (n), and Ext. Error Id (n) at index 'n'. This parameter is not supported by the BTS2000 because the BTS2000 has fixed assigned Input Points. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
86
INT_BOUND_X
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
4,9,15,20,25 0-63 -110 + INT_BOUND_X dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than 48 dBm) LO/UL five Interference Boundaries for idle mode interference classification, X=1,2,3,4,5 HOCTRL IATHRESH0 - IATHRESH4
Interference Averaging: Thresholds RADIO INTAVTHR The idle channel supervision is used for the interference quality of channels, which are candidates for channel allocation, intracell and intercell handover. The philosophy is to direct every MS onto an idle channel with an interference level as low as possible. This is applied for TCHs. For the allocation of SDCCHs of a BTS the consideration of interference bands is not required. For this idle channel supervision, the interference of an idle channel is measured and classified into five interference classes. The interference classes are defined by the units of this parameter. See also EN_RF_RES_IND, INTAVE GSM name: O-X5 INT_BOUND_1 < INT_BOUND_2 < .. < INT_BOUND_5 handoverControlGSM0508 hoThresholdInterferenceParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
87
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
87
INTAVE
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
88
2880 msec = 6 1-31 (480 msec - 14880 msec) multiples of SACCH period (480 msec) LO/UL Interference Averaging period defined in terms of the number of SACCH multiframes. HOCTRL IAPERIOD
Interference Averaging: Period RADIO INTAVPER The idle channel supervision is used for the interference quality of channels, which are candidates for channel allocation, intracell and intercell handover. The philosophy is to direct every MS onto an idle channel with an interference level as low as possible. This is applied for TCHs. For the allocation of SDCCHs of a BTS the consideration of interference bands is not required. The procedure for measurement of interference is based on the gaining of RXLEV measurements on idle TCHs of each TRX averaged over a number of SACCH multiframes specified by parameter INTAVE. This period is also used as sending period from the BTS/TRX to the BSC. See also EN_RF_RES_IND, INT_BOUND_X, A_LEV_HO handoverControlGSM0508 interferenceAveragingParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
88
IP Address
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
structure dot separated integers The IP Address of the server. BSC of type BCF only. SERVER IPADDR
IP Address The IP Address is set by the BMA. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
89
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
89
L_RXLEV_DL_H
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
90
GSM900: 8; GSM1800: 10 0-63 -110 + L_RXLEV_DL_H dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than 48 dBm) LO/UL Lower signal level threshold for handover regarding downlink level HOCTRL LRXLEVDLH
Signal Strength: Lower Downlink Limit HO HOCSS-b If the averaged measurement value RXLEV_DL is lower than the threshold L_RXLEV_DL_H a handover is initiated. Dependent on the cell layer (CELL_TYPE) the BSC performs power control by increasing the BTS transmit power prior to handover. L_RXLEV_DL_P should be larger than L_RXLEV_DL_H to assure that no handover occurs before the power control process is used. L_RXLEV_DL_H should be less than RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN and RXLEV_MIN of the serving cell and all neighbour cells to avoid a handover immediately after the MS is assigned to the cell. See also RXLEV_DL_IH, L_RXLEV_DL_P, RXLEV_MIN(n), RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN, EN_RXLEV_HO, A_LEV_HO L_RXLEV_DL_H <= L_RXLEV_DL_P L_RXLEV_DL_H <= RXLEV_DL_IH L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_MIN(for this cell) in all NCs L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN handoverControlGSM0508 hoThresholdLevParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
90
L_RXLEV_DL_P
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM900: 25; GSM1800: 27 0-63 -110 + L_RXLEV_DL_P dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than 48 dBm) LO/UL Lower signal level threshold for downlink power control. POWER LRXLEVDLP
Signal Strength: Downlink Power Increase PC SSDL-a A power increase is carried out on the downlink if the averaged measurement value RXLEV_DL is lower than the threshold L_RXLEV_DL_P. The power increase is even be done if the signal quality would lead to power decrease. L_RXLEV_DL_P should be larger than L_RXLEV_DL_H to assure that no handover occurs before the power control process is used. L_RXLEV_DL_P should be equal or larger than RXLEV_MIN and RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN, which represent the cell boundary. The lower it is chosen the higher the probability for Power Control operations and for this the reduction of interference and transmitter power will be. POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE should be chosen smaller than the range between the upper and lower power control boundaries. See also U_RXLEV_DL_P, L_RXLEV_DL_H, EN_BS_PC L_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_H L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P U_RXLEV_DL_P - L_RXLEV_DL_P > POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE RXLEV_MIN(n) <= L_RXLEV_DL_P RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN <= L_RXLEV_DL_P powerControlGSM0508 pcLowerThresholdLevParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
91
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
91
L_RXLEV_UL_H
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
92
-104 dBm = 6 0-63 -110 + L_RXLEV_UL_H dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than 48 dBm) LO/UL Lower signal level threshold for handover regarding uplink level HOCTRL LRXLEVULH
Signal Strength: Lower Uplink Limit HO HOCSS-a If the averaged measurement value RXLEV_UL is lower than the threshold L_RXLEV_UL_H a handover is initiated. Dependent on the cell layer (CELL_TYPE) the BSC performs power control by increasing the MS transmit power prior to handover. L_RXLEV_UL_P should be larger than L_RXLEV_UL_H to assure that no handover occurs before the power control process is used. See also RXLEV_UL_IH, L_RXLEV_UL_P, EN_RXLEV_HO, A_LEV_HO L_RXLEV_UL_H <= L_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H <= RXLEV_UL_IH handoverControlGSM0508 hoThresholdLevParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
92
L_RXLEV_UL_P
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
-90 dBm = 20 (GSM900 & GSM1800) 0-63 -110 + L_RXLEV_UL_P dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than 48 dBm) LO/UL Lower signal level threshold for uplink power control. POWER LRXLEVULP
Signal Strength: Uplink Power Increase PC SSUL-a A power increase is carried out on the uplink if the averaged measurement value RXLEV_UL is lower than the threshold L_RXLEV_UL_P. The power increase is even be done if the signal quality would lead to power decrease. L_RXLEV_UL_P should be larger than L_RXLEV_UL_H to assure that no handover occurs before the power control process is used. POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE should be chosen smaller than the range between the upper and lower power control boundaries. See also U_RXLEV_UL_P, L_RXLEV_UL_H, EN_MS_PC L_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_H L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P U_RXLEV_UL_P - L_RXLEV_UL_P > POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE powerControlGSM0508 pcLowerThresholdLevParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
93
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
93
L_RXQUAL_DL_H
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
94
4: 1.6% to 3.2% 0-7 0: Bit Error Rate (BER) less than 0.2%, 1: 0.2% to 0.4%, 2: 0.4% to 0.8%, 3: 0.8% to 1.6%, 4: 1.6% to 3.2%, 5: 3.2% to 6.4%, 6: 6.4% to 12.8%, 7: greater than 12.8% LO/UL Lower signal quality threshold for handover regarding downlink level HOCTRL LRXQUALDLH
Signal Quality: Lower Downlink Limit HO HOCSQ-b If the averaged measurement value RXQUAL_DL is worse than the threshold L_RXQUAL_DL_H a handover is initiated. Note that a low parameter value stands for a high quality (i.e. low Bit Error Rate (BER)). See also: L_RXQUAL_DL_P, EN_RXQUAL_HO, A_QUAL_HO L_RXQUAL_DL_H shall be set to a lower quality than L_RXQUAL_DL_P, i.e. L_RXQUAL_DL_H > L_RXQUAL_DL_P handoverControlGSM0508 hoThresholdQualParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
94
L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
3: 0.8% to 1.6% 0-7 0: Bit Error Rate (BER) less than 0.2%, 1: 0.2% to 0.4%, 2: 0.4% to 0.8%, 3: 0.8% to 1.6%, 4: 1.6% to 3.2%, 5: 3.2% to 6.4%, 6: 6.4% to 12.8%, 7: greater than 12.8% LO/UL Lower signal quality threshold for downlink power control. POWER LRXQUALDLP
Signal Quality: Downlink Power Increase PC SQDL-a A power increase is carried out on the downlink if the averaged measurement value RXQUAL_DL is worse than the threshold L_RXQUAL_DL_P. The power increase is even be done if the signal level would lead to power decrease. Note that a low value stands for a high quality (i.e. low Bit Error Rate (BER)). See also U_RXQUAL_DL_P, L_RXQUAL_DL_H, EN_BS_PC L_RXQUAL_DL_P shall be set to a higher quality than L_RXQUAL_DL_H, i.e. L_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_H L_RXQUAL_DL_P shall be set to a lower quality than U_RXQUAL_DL_P, i.e. L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P powerControlGSM0508 pcLowerThresholdQualParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
95
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
95
L_RXQUAL_UL_H
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
96
4: 1.6% to 3.2% 0-7 0: Bit Error Rate (BER) less than 0.2%, 1: 0.2% to 0.4%, 2: 0.4% to 0.8%, 3: 0.8% to 1.6%, 4: 1.6% to 3.2%, 5: 3.2% to 6.4%, 6: 6.4% to 12.8%, 7: greater than 12.8% LO/UL Lower signal quality threshold on the uplink for handover HOCTRL LRXQUALULH
Signal Quality: Lower Uplink Limit HO HOCSQ-a If the averaged measurement value RXQUAL_UL is worse than the threshold L_RXQUAL_UL_H a handover is initiated. Note that a low parameter value stands for a high quality (i.e. low Bit Error Rate (BER)). See also L_RXQUAL_UL_P, EN_RXQUAL_HO, A_QUAL_HO L_RXQUAL_UL_H shall be set to a lower quality than L_RXQUAL_UL_P, i.e. L_RXQUAL_UL_H > L_RXQUAL_UL_P For FH this parameter might need an adaption on a per cell basis regarding Performance Measurements and Drive Tests. handoverControlGSM0508 hoThresholdQualParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
96
L_RXQUAL_UL_P
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
3: 0.8% to 1.6% 0-7 0: Bit Error Rate (BER) less than 0.2%, 1: 0.2% to 0.4%, 2: 0.4% to 0.8%, 3: 0.8% to 1.6%, 4: 1.6% to 3.2%, 5: 3.2% to 6.4%, 6: 6.4% to 12.8%, 7: greater than 12.8% LO/UL Lower signal quality threshold on the uplink for power control. POWER LRXQUALULP
Signal Quality: Uplink Power Increase PC SQUL-a A power increase is carried out on the uplink if the averaged measurement value RXQUAL_UL is worse than the threshold L_RXQUAL_UL_P. The power increase is even be done if the signal level would lead to power decrease. Note that a low value stands for a high quality (i.e. low Bit Error Rate (BER)). See also U_RXQUAL_UL_P, L_RXQUAL_UL_H, EN_MS_PC L_RXQUAL_UL_P shall be set to a higher quality than L_RXQUAL_UL_H, i.e. L_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_H L_RXQUAL_UL_P shall be set to a lower quality than U_RXQUAL_UL_P, i.e. L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P powerControlGSM0508 pcLowerThresholdQualParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
97
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
97
LAC (in LAI)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
98
0-65535 LO/UL The Location Area Code of this cell. BTS LAIDLAC
Cell Global Identity: Location Area: LAC CELL LAI-c Uniquely identifies the location area of the current cell within a PLMN. The Location Area Identification (LAI) consists of the concatenation of MCC, MNC and LAC. MCC and MNC are fixed numbers assigned to identify the country and the GSM PLMN in that country. The LAC identifies a location area within the PLMN. It consists of one or more cells identified by CI. See also MCC (in LAI), MNC (in LAI), CI (in CGI) bts cellGlobalIdentity.LocationAreaIdentity.LocationAreaCode
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
98
LAC_NC(n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-65535 LO/UL The Location Area Code of Neighbour Cell n. ADJCELL LAIDLAC
Cell Global Identity: Location Area: LAC NCELL CDESC-f Uniquely identifies the location area of neighbour cell n within a PLMN. The Location Area Identification (LAI) consists of the concatenation of MCC, MNC and LAC. MCC and MNC are fixed numbers assigned to identify the country and the GSM PLMN in that country. The LAC identifies a location area within the PLMN. It consists of one or more cells identified by CI. For every radio cell in a GSM PLMN, a number of up to 32 neighbouring cells have to be specified to be monitored by every MS with a call in progress. The MS takes signal strength measurements on the BCCH carriers of these neighbour cells and reports them to the BSS. In the BSC, the measurement result reports of every MS are evaluated and form the basis for handover decisions. In order to identify the neighbour cells, the MS decodes the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) of every monitored neighbour cell and includes this information together with information on the respective BCCH carrier frequency in the measurement result reports. In handover required messages sent from the BSC to the MSC, the preferred target cells for handover are identified by LAC (DMCS) resp. LAI (Ericsson) and CI. Therefore, in the BSC, the cell identification information provided by the MS has to be mapped onto the LAC/LAI and CI used to identify radio cells in the PLMN. See also MCC_NC(n), MNC_NC(n), CI_NC(n) LAC_NC(n) is required to have the same value as parameter LAC (in LAI) of that neighbour cell. adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 cellGlobalIdentity.LocationAreaIdentity.LocationAreaCode
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
99
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
99
LIC-Alarm Mask (n)
Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
100
1st rack: 0x00F0D5, 2nd rack: 0x0000D4 0-0xFFFFFF LO/UL Defines an alarm mask for the 24 inputs of the LIC interface. This parameter is only for RBS900. BTC LICALRMMSK0, LICALRMMSK1
LIC Data: Alarm Mask BTC LIC-g Besides the Abis interface the Link Interface Concentrator (LIC) panel provides additionally 24 alarm inputs. These inputs can be used e.g. for antenna or rack alarms. Depending on the rack and antenna configuration, the LIC has to mask out some alarm inputs. The operator can define a hexadecimal number of 3 Bytes for the Alarm Mask. Each bit of the 3 Bytes represents an alarm input. To disable an alarm input, set the appropriate bit to OFF (0), to enable an alarm input, set the bit to ON (1). This parameter is not supported by the BTS2000 because the BTS2000 has no LIC alarm inputs. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
100 LIC-Clock-Input (n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0 (input0) 0-1 0 = input0, 1 = input1 Identifies the Abis link which provides the CCG's clock input. This parameter is only for RBS900. BTC CLKINP0, CLKINP1
LIC Data: Clocking Input BTC LIC-f The Link Interface Concentrator (LIC) panel provides two E1 line interfaces. This parameter selects one of both as clock source for the CCG. This parameter reflects the different rack configurations and the line&switching interfaces of the RBS900. This parameter is not supported by the other BTS types because they have only one rack and one line&switching interface. See also LIC-Position (n), LIC-Number (n), LIC-Input-Line A (n), LIC-InputLine B (n), LIC-Rack (n) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
101
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
101 LIC-Input-Line A (n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
102
0 0-31 (BCE), 0-127 (BCF) Identifies the Abis E1/T1 link which is connected to the A-input of the LIC panel. This is the only LIC parameter that is used not only by RBS900 but all RBSs. BTC PCMPORTA0, PCMPORTA1
LIC Data: PCM Port A BTC LIC-c For RBS900: This parameter identifies the Abis E1/T1 link which is connected to the A-input of the LIC panel. The identification is done according to the numbering in the BSC. In the BCE the identification is used as the identifier of the PPC which serves this E1/T1 line. The RBS900 supports up to two LIC panels for each rack. Note that there are different configurations possible, because the RBS900 can have more racks and does not have to use two LICs per rack. LIC-Input-Line A (0) identifies the line number of the Abis E1/T1 line connected to the first LIC in the rack and LIC-Input-Line A (1) to the second LIC in the rack if present. If a specific slot in the Abis shall be identified for signaling or traffic purposes, this is done by specification of the E1/T1 line number and the slot number. Via correlation of the E1/T1 line numbers the BTS calculates which LIC it has to access. For BTS2000: This parameter identifies all Abis E1/T1 links which are connected to the BTS. The identification is done accordingly to the numbering in the BSC. In the BCE the identification is the identifier of the PPC which represents this E1/T1 line. To the BTS2000 up to three Abis lines can be connected. Two are used for input and one as output for multidrop configurations. The operator can define the two input lines only. LIC-Input-Line A(0) identifies the line number of the first Abis E1/T1 link and LIC-Input-Line A(1) of the second Abis E1/T1 link connected to the BTS2000. If a specific slot in the Abis shall be identified for signaling or traffic purposes, this is done by specification of the E1/T1 line number and the slot number. Parameters that define signaling and traffic slots are: 'Sign.-Slot BTC', 'Sign.-Slot RT', 'Traffic Slots RT' See also LIC-Clock-Input (n), LIC-Position (n), LIC-Number (n), LIC-InputLine B (n), LIC-Rack (n) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
102 LIC-Input-Line B (n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
1 0-31 (BCE), 0-127 (BCF) Identifies the Abis E1 link which is connected to the B-input of the LIC panel. This parameter is only for RBS900. BTC PCMPORTB0, PCMPORTB1
LIC Data: PCM Port B BTC LIC-d This parameter identifies the Abis E1 link which is connected to the B-input of the LIC panel. The identification is done according to the numbering in the BSC. In the BCE the identification is used as the identifier of the PPC which serves this E1 line. For further description see RBS900 part of the parameter LIC-Input-Line A (n). This parameter reflects the different rack configurations and the line&switching interfaces of the RBS900. This parameter is not supported by the other BTS types because they have only one rack and one line&switching interface. See also LIC-Clock-Input (n), LIC-Position (n), LIC-Number (n), LIC-InputLine A (n), LIC-Rack (n) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
103
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
103 LIC-Number (n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
104
0 0-1 The LIC Number specifies the number of the LIC panel in a rack. The parameters LIC-Rack and LIC-Number together identify a LIC panel of a RBS900. This parameter is only for RBS900. BTC LIC0, LIC1
LIC Data: Lic Number BTC LIC-b This parameter reflects the different rack configurations and the line&switching interfaces of the RBS900. This parameter is not supported by the other BTS types because they have only one rack and one line&switching interface. See also LIC-Clock-Input (n), LIC-Position (n), LIC-Input-Line A (n), LICInput-Line B (n), LIC-Rack (n) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
104 LIC-Position (n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0 (front) 0,1,255 0 = front, 1 = end, 255 = middle Identifies the position of the LIC in a multidrop arrangement. This parameter is only for RBS900. BTC LICFEP0, LICFEP1
LIC Data: Front End Point BTC LIC-e Range:FRT = 0, END = 1, MID = 255 This attribute is only used within the RBS900 to determine that switching of the unused slots of the Abis link has to be performed in case of 'front' and 'middle'. In a multidrop arrangement there are several LICs sequentially connected. The LIC that is directly connected to the BSC is in the 'front'. The last LIC in the multidrop line is at the 'end'. Any LIC in between is in the 'middle'. This parameter reflects the different rack configurations and the line&switching interfaces of the RBS900. This parameter is not supported by the other BTS types because they have only one rack and one line&switching interface. See also LIC-Clock-Input (n), LIC-Number (n), LIC-Input-Line A (n), LICInput-Line B (n), LIC-Rack (n) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
105
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
105 LIC-Rack (n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
106
0 0-7 The LIC-Rack specifies the number of the rack the LIC panel is contained in. The parameters LIC-Rack and LIC-Number together identify a LIC panel of a RBS900. This parameter is only for RBS900. BTC RACK0, RACK1
LIC Data: Rack Number BTC LIC-a This parameter reflects the different rack configurations and the line&switching interfaces of the RBS900. This parameter is not supported by the other BTS types because they have only one rack and one line&switching interface. See also LIC-Clock-Input (n), LIC-Position (n), LIC-Number (n), LIC-InputLine A (n), LIC-Input-Line B (n) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
106 Link Servicepr. SLC Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-3 This parameter identifies one of four possible SLCs (Signal Link Control) beyond STC for the LINK. BSC of type BCE only. LINK SLCDN
SLC Service Provider: SLC Id LINK SLCPROV-b This parameter is part of the identification of the physical service provider for the link. It identifies one of four possible SLCs (Signalling Link Control). See also 'Link Servicepr. STC' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
107
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
107 Link Servicepr. STC Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
108
0-1 This parameter identifies one of two possible STCs (Signal Terminal Control) with its related SLCs for the link. The STC has a connection to the active and standby CCMP (Common Channel Management Processor). BSC of type BCE only. LINK STCDN
SLC Service Provider: STC Id LINK SLCPROV-a This parameter is part of the identification of the physical service provider for the link. It identifies one of two possible STCs (Signalling Terminal Control) with its related SLCs for the link. See also 'Link Servicepr. SLC' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
108 LINKfactor(0,n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0dB = 24 0-48 0 = -24dB, 1 = -23dB, ..., 48 = +24dB LO/UL This attribute defines a link factor regarding traffic load for the handover target cell ranking ADJCELL LINKFACT
Link Factor NCELL CDESC-m Range:(-24)-24 This parameter is an absolute value settable by the user in weighting different neighbor cells for the neighbor cell evaluation when handover regarding traffic load is enabled. This value is used in the traffic load equation which determines the cell with the highest Order(n) ranking. The highest Order(n) is the most preferable cell to which a handover is performed. The traffic load equation is as follows: Order(n) = PBGT(n) - HO_MARGIN(0,n) + LINKfactor(0,n) + FREEfactor_X(n) See also FREEfactor_X (X=1..5), FREElevel_X (X=1..4), EN_LOAD_REGARD -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
109
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
109 M1 Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
110
4 1-10 LO/UL Step size for access control classes 0-9 to be barred in case of overload in the BSS. BTS BARSTEP0_9
Access Class Overload Control: Classes 0 to 9: Bar Step Size CELL OVERLOAD-b Barring is used to prevent MSs belonging to special access classes from making access attempts (including emergency call attempts) or responding to paging messages in the specified area. The use of this facility allows to recover from overload. The MS stores the access control class on its Subscriber Identity Module (SIM). If the access for a certain class is barred, MSs with that class may only try to get a connection in the neighbour cells. Automatic barring is done by the BSS in case of overload. Depending on the severity of overload the BSS starts with barring access classes 0-9 with random starting class and step size M1 (unbarring with step size M2). If classes 0-9 are barred and there is still an overload situation, the BSS continues barring with access classes 10-15. The barring sequence is given in parameter 'Barring Sequence' and the step size in N1 (unbar: N2). The timer T17 (MAP-Timer) and T18 (MAP-Timer) are used for barring resp. unbarring. Automatic barring can be enabled/disabled with flag EN_ACC_BARRING. See also: EN_ACC_BARRING, Barring Sequence, M2, N1, N2, T17 (MAP-Timer), T18 (MAP-Timer) The operator can bar manually special MS access classes with parameter AC_CN. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
110 M2 Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
2 1-10 LO/UL Step size for access control classes 0-9 to be unbarred in case of the overload situation in the BSS is ceased. BTS UNBARSTEP0_9
Access Class Overload Control: Classes 0 to 9: Unbar Step Size CELL OVERLOAD-c Barring is used to prevent MSs belonging to special access classes from making access attempts (including emergency call attempts) or responding to paging messages in the specified area. The use of this facility allows to recover from overload. The MS stores the access control class on its Subscriber Identity Module (SIM). If the access for a certain class is barred, MSs with that class may only try to get a connection in the neighbour cells. Automatic barring is done by the BSS in case of overload. Depending on the severity of overload the BSS starts with barring access classes 0-9 with random starting class and step size M1 (unbarring with step size M2). If classes 0-9 are barred and there is still an overload situation, the BSS continues barring with access classes 10-15. The barring sequence is given in parameter 'Barring Sequence' and the step size in N1 (unbar: N2). The timer T17 (MAP-Timer) and T18 (MAP-Timer) are used for barring resp. unbarring. Automatic barring can be enabled/disabled with flag EN_ACC_BARRING. See also: EN_ACC_BARRING, Barring Sequence, M1, N1, N2, T17 (MAP-Timer), T18 (MAP-Timer) The operator can bar manually special MS access classes with parameter AC_CN. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
111
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
111 MA_ARFCN Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
112
1-1024 GSM900: 1-124; GSM1800: 512-885 LO Mobile Allocation Absolute RF Channel Numbers for frequency hopping FH ALLOCFREQ
Mobile Allocation FHS AF This parameter contains the list of all frequencies, which are assigned to a Frequency Hopping system (FH). The frequency hopping algorithm determines the actual choice of these frequencies in a cyclic or quasi-random way and ensures that no frequency collision may occur with other connected mobiles. Frequency allocation is matter of cellular network planning. All frequency related attributes (CA_ARFCN, INIT_FREQ, BCCH_FREQ, MA_ARFCN) shall adhere to this planning. All frequencies shall occur in CA_ARFCN of container BTS. frequencyHoppingSystem mobileAllocation
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
112 MAX_RETRANS Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
4 retransmission attempts = 2 0-3 0: 1 retransmission attempt, 1: 2, 2: 4, 3: 7 LO/UL After MAX_RETRANS random access attempts the MS shall reselect a new cell. BTS MAXRETRAN
Max Number Retransmission CELL MAXRET When a MS tries to access a system it sends an access request on the Random Access Channel (RACH). If no answer is receipt during a certain time, e.g. because another MS had sent an access request at the same time, the MS tries another access request after a random number of timeslots (TDMA frames). The random number is less or equal to the value given by TX_INTEGER. MAX_RETRANS specifies the maximum allowed number of random access attempts to a cell. The MS is required to reselect a new cell, if a random access attempt to a cell is still unsuccessful after the specified number of cell access repetitions. bts maxNumberRetransmission
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
113
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
113 MCC (in LAI) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
114
0-999 LO/UL The Mobile Country Code of this cell. BTS LAIDMCC
Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MCC CELL LAI-a Uniquely identifies the country of the current cell. The Location Area Identification (LAI) consists of the concatenation of MCC, MNC and LAC. MCC and MNC are fixed numbers assigned to identify the country and the GSM PLMN in that country. The LAC identifies a location area within the PLMN. It consists of one or more cells identified by CI. See also LAC (in LAI), MNC (in LAI), CI (in CGI) bts cellGlobalIdentity.LocationAreaIdentity.MobileCountryCode
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
114 MCC_NC(n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-999 LO/UL The Mobile Country Code of Neighbour Cell n. Only for Ericsson A interface. ADJCELL LAIDMCC
Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MCC NCELL CDESC-d Uniquely identifies the country of neighbour cell n. The Location Area Identification (LAI) consists of the concatenation of MCC, MNC and LAC. MCC and MNC are fixed numbers assigned to identify the country and the GSM PLMN in that country. The LAC identifies a location area within the PLMN. It consists of one or more cells identified by CI. For every radio cell in a GSM PLMN, a number of up to 32 neighbouring cells have to be specified to be monitored by every MS with a call in progress. The MS takes signal strength measurements on the BCCH carriers of these neighbour cells and reports them to the BSS. In the BSC, the measurement result reports of every MS are evaluated and form the basis for handover decisions. In order to identify the neighbour cells, the MS decodes the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) of every monitored neighbour cell and includes this information together with information on the respective BCCH carrier frequency in the measurement result reports. In Handover Required messages sent from the BSC to the MSC, the preferred target cells for handover are identified by LAC (DMCS) resp. LAI (Ericsson) and CI. Therefore, in the BSC, the cell identification information provided by the MS has to be mapped onto the LAC/LAI and CI used to identify radio cells in the PLMN. See also LAC_NC(n), MNC_NC(n), CI_NC(n) MCC_NC(n) is required to have the same value as parameter MCC (in LAI) of that neighbour cell. adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 cellGlobalIdentity.LocationAreaIdentity.MobileCountryCode
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
115
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
115 Memory Availability Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
116
0-8388607 (Memory Availability * 8kB Available memory space for storing peripheral software images in the BCE BSC of type BCE only. BSC MEMAVAIL
Memory Available BSC MEMORY AVAILABLE -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
116 MNC (in LAI) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-99 LO/UL The Mobile Network Code of this cell. BTS LAIDMNC
Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MNC CELL LAI-b Uniquely identifies the PLMN of the current cell within the country. The Location Area Identification (LAI) consists of the concatenation of MCC, MNC and LAC. MCC and MNC are fixed numbers assigned to identify the country and the GSM PLMN in that country. The LAC identifies a location area within the PLMN. It consists of one or more cells identified by CI. See also LAC (in LAI), MCC (in LAI), CI (in CGI) bts cellGlobalIdentity.LocationAreaIdentity.MobileNetworkCode
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
117
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
117 MNC_NC(n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
118
0-99 LO/UL The Mobile Network Code of Neighbour Cell n. Only for Ericsson A interface. ADJCELL LAIDMNC
Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MNC NCELL CDESC-e Uniquely identifies the PLMN of neighbour cell n within the country. The Location Area Identification (LAI) consists of the concatenation of MCC, MNC and LAC. MCC and MNC are fixed numbers assigned to identify the country and the GSM PLMN in that country. The LAC identifies a location area within the PLMN. It consists of one or more cells identified by CI. For every radio cell in a GSM PLMN, a number of up to 32 neighbouring cells have to be specified to be monitored by every MS with a call in progress. The MS takes signal strength measurements on the BCCH carriers of these neighbour cells and reports them to the BSS. In the BSC, the measurement result reports of every MS are evaluated and form the basis for handover decisions. In order to identify the neighbour cells, the MS decodes the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) of every monitored neighbour cell and includes this information together with information on the respective BCCH carrier frequency in the measurement result reports. In Handover Required messages sent from the BSC to the MSC, the preferred target cells for handover are identified by LAC (DMCS) resp. LAI (Ericsson) and CI. Therefore, in the BSC, the cell identification information provided by the MS has to be mapped onto the LAC/LAI and CI used to identify radio cells in the PLMN. See also LAC_NC(n), MCC_NC(n), CI_NC(n) MNC_NC(n) is required to have the same value as parameter MNC (in LAI) of that neighbour cell. adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 cellGlobalIdentity.LocationAreaIdentity.MobileNetworkCode
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
118 MS_DIST_MAX Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
34.1 km = 31 0-31 (0 km - 34.1km) multiples of 1.1km LO/UL Threshold for the maximum permitted distance between MS and current BTS before handover is performed. HOCTRL MSRANGEMX
Distance: MS Range Maximum HO HOCDIST-a If the maximum distance is exceeded, a handover because of distance will be performed. The maximum value for this parameter is set lower than the theoretical maximum distance (In the field this theoretical maximum distance cannot be reached, is overruled by other handover reasons or leads to too much calls lost). Formerly: MS_RANGE_MAX See also A_DIST_HO, EN_DIST_HO handoverControlGSM0508 hoThresholdDistParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
119
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
119 MS_TXPWR_MAX Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
120
GSM900: 2, GSM1800: 0 0-19 Allowed range depends on frequency band: GSM900 (Range 2-19): [(43 2 * MS_TXPWR_MAX) dBm], GSM1800 (Range 0-15): [(30 - 2 * MS_TXPWR_MAX) dBm] LO/UL Maximum TX power a MS is permitted to use on a dedicated control channel or a traffic channel within the serving cell. HOCTRL MSTXMAXTCH
MS Tx Power Maximum HO HOC For power control this parameter and the power class of the MS (depending on the Phase of the MS) determine the maximum power level that the BSC instructs the MS to use on a dedicated control channel or a traffic channel. This parameter is used for power control and handover decision in the BSC. It is not sent to the MS but influences the power control commands for the MS. This parameter should be set to a value that is needed as maximum power level in the cell, i.e. that allows the MS to communicate with the BTS at every place in the cell even under bad radio conditions. For handover control this parameter is used for the power budget criterion. The power budget (PBGT) is a relative measure of the MS link power budget on a potential new link to a neighbour cell with respect to the current link in the serving cell. Basically, the MS should always communicate with or be handed over to the cell or BTS with the lowest possible link power budget. In the BSC, the PBGT of a given MS is calculated for every neighbour cell specified for the current serving cell. The calculation of the PBGT requires knowledge of the maximum allowed MS RF output powers MS_TXPWR_MAX on the dedicated channels of the respective neighbour cells and of the current serving cell that is given by this parameter. See also EN_MS_PC, MS_TXPWR_MAX(n), MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH, EN_PBGT_HO -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
120 MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM900: 2, GSM1800: 0 0-19 Allowed range depends on frequency band: GSM900 (Range 2-19): [(43 2 * MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)) dBm], GSM1800 (Range 0-15): [(30 - 2 * MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)) dBm] LO/UL Maximum TX power a MS is permitted to use on a dedicated control channel or a traffic channel within the neighbour cell n. ADJCELL MSTXMAX
MS Tx Power Maximum Cell NCELL CDESC-i For every radio cell in a GSM PLMN, a number of up to 32 neighbouring cells have to be specified to be monitored by every MS with a call in progress. The MS takes signal strength measurements on the BCCH carriers of these neighbour cells and reports them to the BSS. In the BSC, the measurement result reports of every MS are evaluated and form the basis for handover decisions. A basic radio criterion for handover decisions in the BSC is the power budget criterion. The power budget (PBGT) is a relative measure of the MS link power budget on a potential new link to a neighbour cell with respect to the current link in the serving cell. Basically, the MS should always communicate with or be handed over to the cell or BTS with the lowest possible link power budget. In the BSC, the PBGT of a given MS is calculated for every neighbour cell specified for the current serving cell. The calculation of the PBGT requires knowledge of the maximum allowed MS RF output powers MS_TXPWR_MAX on the dedicated channels of the respective neighbour cells that is given by this parameter. See also MS_TXPWR_MAX, EN_PBGT_HO MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) is required to have the same value as parameter MS_TXPWR_MAX of the referenced neighbour cell. adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 msTxPwrMaxCell
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
121
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
121 MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
122
GSM900: 2, GSM1800: 0 0-19 Allowed range depends on frequency band: GSM900 (Range 2-19): [(43 2 * MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) dBm], GSM1800 (Range 0-15): [(30 - 2 * MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) dBm] LO/UL Maximum transmit power level an MS may use in the cell when accessing on the common control channel. This parameter is also used for the C1 cell (re)selection criteria. BTS MSTXMAXCCH
MS Tx Power Maximum CCH RADIO TXPWRCCH This defines the maximum power the MS is allowed to transmit when first accessing a cell on the RACH (random access channel) and before receiving the first power command on a DCCH or TCH. The MS shall use either the power level defined by this parameter, that is broadcast on the BCCH, or the maximum TXPWR of the MS as defined by its power class, whichever is the lower. The maximum transmit power may be reduced to avoid interference. The maximum power must be correlated to the BTS maximum power to ensure good reception for uplink and downlink. This parameter should be set to a value that is needed as maximum power level in the cell, i.e. that allows the MS to communicate with the BTS at every place in the cell even under bad radio conditions. This parameter is also used to define together with other parameters the C1 path loss criterion (power budget - PBGT) for cell (re)selection. See also RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN, MS_TXPWR_MAX bts msTxPwrMaxCCH
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
122 MULTIBAND_REPORTING Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
1 = normalReporting 1-4 1=normalReporting, 2=reportStrongestCells, 3=reportTwoStrongestCells, 4=reportThreeStrongestCells LO/UL This attribute is related to network support of dual band operation ( GSM900 and GSM1800 ). It allows the operator to control the measurement reporting done by the MS. BSC of type BCF only. BTS MULTIBREP
Multiband Reporting For a multi band MS the number of cells, for each frequency band supported, which shall be included in the measurement report is indicated by the parameter, MULTIBAND_REPORTING. The meaning of different values of the parameter is specified as follows: 1 - Normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used. 2 - The MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands irrespective of the band used. 3 - The MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands irrespective of the band used. 4 - The MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands irrespective of the band used. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
123
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
123 n (N_TARGET_ (N_TARGET_CELL) CELL) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Shor Shortt De Desc scri ript ptiion: on: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long De Descrip ription:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12 12.20 At Attribute:
124
6 0-16 UL The The ma maxi ximu mum m num numbe berr of pref prefer erre red d targ target et cel cells which ich ma may y be incl includ uded ed in the message HANDOVER REQUIRED sent from BSC to MSC. BSC PREFCELLS
Number of Preferred Cells BSC GENHORM-a Part of of th the in infor forma mattion wh which is is ne needed to to ge generat rate th the HA HANDOVER REQUIRED message. This parameter should be set to a value not bigger than 6, because the MS takes only measurements of up to 6 of the best neighbour cells, i.e. the probability for sufficient measurements results for more than 6 neighbour cells is low. This va value is is re required to to be no not bigger tth han th the co corresponding va value at at th the MSC. If this value is to big, calls may be dropped when a handover is attempted. bsc handoverReqParam
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
124 N1 Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short hort Descr escrip ipti tion on:: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Long Descr escrip ipti tion on::
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
2 1-6 LO/UL Step tep si size for for acce access ss cont contro roll cl classe asses s 1010-15 15 to be barr barred ed in case case of over overlload oad in the BSS if access classes 0-9 are already barred. BTS BARSTEP10_15
Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Bar Step Size CELL OVERLOAD-d Barri arring ng is used used to pre prevent vent MSs MSs belo belong ngin ing g to spe special cial acces ccess s clas classe ses s from from making access attempts (including emergency call attempts) or responding to paging messages in the specified area. The use of this facility allows to recover from overload. The MS stores the access control class on its Subscriber Identity Module (SIM). If the access for a certain class is barred, MSs with that class may only try to get a connection in the neighbour cells. Automatic barring is done by the BSS in case of overload. Depending on the severity of overload the BSS starts with barring access classes 0-9 with random starting class and step size M1 (unbarring with step size M2). If classes 0-9 are barred and there is still an overload situation, the BSS continues barring with access classes 10-15. The barring sequence is given in parameter 'Barring Sequence' and the step size in N1 (unbar: N2). The timer T17 (MAP-Timer) and T18 (MAP-Timer) are used for barring resp. unbarring. Automatic barring can be enabled/disabled with flag EN_ACC_BARRING. See also: EN_ACC_BARRING, Barring Sequence, M1, M2, N2, T17 (MAP-Timer), T18 (MAP-Timer) The operator can bar manually special MS access classes with parameter AC_CN. -
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
125
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
125 N2 Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Shor Shortt De Desc scri ript ptiion: on: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Long De Desc scri ript ptiion: on:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
126
1 1-6 LO/UL Step tep siz size for for acce access ss con control trol clas classe ses s 1010-15 15 to be unb unbarre arred d in in cas case eo off th the overload situation in the BSS is ceased. BT S UNBARSTEP10_15
Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Unbar Step Size CELL OVERLOAD-e Barri arring ng is used used to prev preven entt MSs MSs bel belongi onging ng to spec specia iall acce access ss clas classe ses s fro from making access attempts (including emergency call attempts) or responding to paging messages in the specified area. The use of this facility allows to recover from overload. The MS stores the access control class on its Subscriber Identity Module (SIM). If the access for a certain class is barred, MSs with that class may only try to get a connection in the neighbour cells. Automatic barring is done by the BSS in case of overload. Depending on the severity of overload the BSS starts with barring access classes 0-9 with random starting class and step size M1 (unbarring with step size M2). If classes 0-9 are barred and there is still an overload situation, the BSS continues barring with access classes 10-15. The barring sequence is given in parameter 'Barring Sequence' and the step size in N1 (unbar: N2). The timer T17 (MAP-Timer) and T18 (MAP-Timer) are used for barring resp. unbarring. Automatic barring can be enabled/disabled with flag EN_ACC_BARRING. See also: EN_ACC_BARRING, Barring Sequence, M1, M2, N1, T17 (MAP-Timer), T18 (MAP-Timer) The operator can bar manually special MS access classes with parameter AC_CN. -
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
126 NCC (in BSIC) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short hort Descr escrip ipti tion on::
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Lon Long De Desc scri ript ptiion: on:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12. 12.20 At Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-7 LO The The Netw etwork ork C Col olou ourr Code ode is part part of the the BSIC. SIC. The The BSIC BSIC is a loca locall col colour our code that allows a MS to distinguish between different neighbouring base stations. BTS BSIDNCC
BS Identity Code: NCC CELL BSIC-a The The Base ase Stati tatio on Iden Identtity ity Co Code de (BS (BSIC) IC) cons consis ists ts of the the Ne Nettwork ork Co Collour our Code (NCC) and the Base Station Colour Code (BCC). The BSIC is a local colour code that allows a MS to distinguish between different neighbouring base stations. The BSIC is broadcast on the synchronisation channel SCH. The MS uses the BSIC in the following way: 1. In idle mode the MS shall attempt to check the BSIC for each of the 6 strongest non-serving cell BCCH carriers at least every 30 seconds, to confirm that it is monitoring the same cell. If a change of BSIC is detected then the carrier shall be treated as a new carrier and the BCCH data redetermined. 2. In connected mode the MS shall demodulate the SCH on the BCCH carrier of each surrounding cell and decode the BSIC as often as possible, and as a minimum at least once every 10 seconds. The BSIC shall only be changed on request of cellular network planning See also: BCC (in BSIC), BCC_NC(n), NCC_NC(n), PLMN_PERMITTED, TSC If NCC is changed it shall be changed also in PLMN_PERMITTED. bts bsIdentityCode.NetworkCo kColourCo rCode
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
127
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
127 NCC_NC(n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
128
0-7 LO/UL The Network Colour Code of Neighbour Cell n (NCC_NC) is part of the BSIC_NC. The BSIC_NC is a local colour code that allows a MS to distinguish between different neighbouring base stations. ADJCELL BSIDNCC
BS Identity Code: NCC NCELL CDESC-b The Base Station Identity Code of a neighbour cell (BSIC_NC) consists of the Network Colour Code (NCC_NC) and the Base Station Colour Code (BCC_NC) of that neighbour cell. The BSIC is a local colour code that allows a MS to distinguish between different neighbouring base stations. The BSIC is broadcast on the synchronisation channel SCH. The MS uses the BSIC in the following way: 1. In idle mode the MS shall attempt to check the BSIC for each of the 6 strongest non-serving cell BCCH carriers at least every 30 seconds, to confirm that it is monitoring the same cell. If a change of BSIC is detected then the carrier shall be treated as a new carrier and the BCCH data redetermined. 2. In connected mode the MS shall demodulate the SCH on the BCCH carrier of each surrounding cell and decode the BSIC as often as possible, and as a minimum at least once every 10 seconds. The BSIC shall only be changed on request of cellular network planning. See also: BCC (in BSIC), NCC (in BSIC), BCC_NC(n), PLMN_PERMITTED, TSC NCC_NC(n) is required to have the same value as parameter NCC (in BSIC) of that neighbour cell. adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 bsIdentityCode.NetworkColourCode
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
128 NI_BSC Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
2 0-3 0 = international network, 1 = spare, 2 = national network, 3 = reserved national use The Network Indicator specifies the type of the CCS7 network to which the BSC belongs. OPC NI
Network Indicator OPC NETIND Range:INT = 0, SPA = 1, NAT = 2, RES = 3 A point code in the CCS7 network consists of the Network Indicator (NI) and the Signalling Point Code (SPC). The point code is unique for the CCS7 network. The parameter NI_BSC specifies the type of CCS7 network to which the BSC belongs. The parameter SPC_BSC specifies the Signalling Point Code (SPC) of the BSC in the CCS7 network. See also NI_MSC, SPC_BSC, SPC_MSC Shall be the same as NI_MSC -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
129
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
129 NI_MSC Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
130
2 0-3 0 = international network, 1 = spare, 2 = national network, 3 = reserved national use The Network Indicator specifies the type of the CCS7 network to which the MSC belongs. LSET NI
Network Indicator LSET NETIND Range:INT = 0, SPA = 1, NAT = 2, RES = 3 A point code in the CCS7 network consists of the Network Indicator (NI) and the Signalling Point Code (SPC). The point code is unique for the CCS7 network. The parameter NI_MSC specifies the type of CCS7 network to which the MSC belongs. The parameter SPC_MSC specifies the Signalling Point Code (SPC) of the MSC in the CCS7 network. See also NI_BSC, SPC_BSC, SPC_MSC Shall correspond to the value in the MSC and to parameter NI_BSC -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
130 No. of CCCH Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-4 Number of Common Control Channels (channel type vi) provided by the BTS BTS NOCCCH
Number of CCCH BTS NRCCCH.NUMBER_OF_CCCH This is a read-only parameter which can only be set implicitly by appropriate setting of parameter CH_TYPE during creation of object CHN. Formerly: NO_CCCH This parameter gives the number of configured CCCHs. This number can be different to the number of active CCCHs. Thus, this parameter is not equal to the parameter BS_CC_CHANS defined by GSM. See also CCCH_COMB_WITH_SDCCH, CH_TYPE channelType -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
131
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
131 NS_TRX Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
132
True Boolean LO/UL This attribute indicates whether this RT will be active during the emergency for minimum configuration. Only few RTs can be active for a short time due to the limited capacity of the battery. RT EMERGENCYRT
Emergency RT RT EMPWRTRX NS_TRX: "Not-Strom Transceiver" See also: T_MK It is required, that the RT carrying the BCCH-channel and at least one RT with a channel of type SDCCH/* (GSM channel combination: v, v+, vii, vii+) always has to be defined as emergency-RT. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
132 P_CON_ACK Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
1920 msec = 2 0-31 (0 msec - 29760 msec) multiples of 2*480 msec for TCH resp. 2*470.77 msec for SDCCH channels (2 SACCH periods) LO/UL Power Control Acknowledge time POWER ACKTIMEPWRCTRL
Power Control Acknowledge Time PC ACKTPC After a power command is sent to the MS the BSC waits for the confirmation. This waiting time is monitored by the time P_CON_ACK. If P_CON_ACK elapses before a confirmation of the power command is received, the power control is resumed. If the power command was successful the timer P_CON_INTERVAL is started on receipt of the confirmation. The next power command is issued at the earliest after expiration of P_CON_INTERVAL. See also EN_MS_PC, P_CON_INTERVAL powerControlGSM0508 powerControlInterval
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
133
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
133 P_CON_INTERVAL Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
134
960 msec = 1 0-31 (0 msec - 29760 msec) multiples of 2*480 msec for TCH resp. 2*470,77 msec for SDCCH channels (2 * SACCH period) LO/UL Minimum interval between successive modification of the radio frequency power level POWER MINTIMBETPWRCTRL
Power Control Interval PC PCINT After a power command is sent to the MS the BSC waits for the confirmation. This waiting time is monitored by the time P_CON_ACK. If P_CON_ACK elapses before a confirmation of the power command is received, the power control is resumed. If the power command was successful the timer P_CON_INTERVAL is started on receipt of the confirmation. The next power command is issued at the earliest after expiration of P_CON_INTERVAL. When configuring P_CON_INTERVAL the parameter A_LEV_PC should be considered to ensure an averaged measurement value that reflects the signal strength after power control. See also EN_MS_PC, P_CON_ACK, A_LEV_PC powerControlGSM0508 powerControlInterval
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
134 PENALTY_TIME Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
31 0-31 0-30: (PENALTY_TIME + 1) * 20 seconds, 31: special case LO/UL The PENALTY_TIME indicates the time for which the TEMPORARY_OFFSET shall be applied to a cell in idle mode (i.e. the time a cell should be put at a disadvantage for cell reselection in hierarchical cells). BTS PENTIME
Cell Reselection: Penalty Time CELL C2CRIT-d The PENALTY_TIME indicates the time a cell should be put at a disadvantage. The cell reselection criteria is reduced by TEMPORARY_OFFSET during this time. Typically a cell of a lower layer has a high and a cell of a upper layer a low PENALTY_TIME. For a cell with PENALTY_TIME set to 31 the reselection criteria is reduced by CELL_RES_OFFSET. See also CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND, CELL_RES_OFFSET, TEMPORARY_OFFSET. These parameters specify the criteria for cell reselection according to the C2 criteria for GSM phase 2 MS. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
135
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
135 PG-Type Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
136
0-3 0 = ppc, 1 = iop, 2 = d2m, 3 = roi Type of Peripheral Group PG PGTYPE
PG Type PG PGTYPE Range:PPC = 0, IOP = 1, D2M = 2, ROI = 3 At the B-interface, PG-PPC provides the interface to the BTS (Abis/OB), PG-PPC contains the following objects: BCON, EXTC-PPCX, EXTC-CEP, EXTC-PPP At the M-interface, PG-D2M provides the interface to the STF/TCE, PGD2M contains the following objects: MCON, EXTC-D2MX. The PG-IOP provides the CCSS7 controlling function. The PG-ROI provides the interface to the OMC. Therefore this object is predefined in BSS. The BSC of type BCE supports all 4 PG types; the BCF supports PG-PPC and PG-D2M, only. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
136 PLMN_PERMITTED Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-255 UL PLMN_PERMITTED is the Public Land Mobile Network permitted flag. It indicates the network colour codes (NCC) of the networks that the MS can monitor. BSC PLMN
PLMN Permitted BSC PLMNPERM Range:0-0xff, Bit0 = PLMN0, ..., Bit7 = PLMN7 The purpose of PLMN_PERMITTED is to provide a definition of the allowed NCCs on the BCCH carriers to be monitored by the MSs in the cell and report measurement results to the network. Only networks are monitored which have a roaming agreement with the serving network. In the GSM standards this attribute is referred to as 'NCC permitted'. See also BCC (in BSIC), NCC (in BSIC) bts plmnPermitted
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
137
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
137 PMC Allocation (EXTC) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
138
1,3,4..31 The physical assignment of an extension card (D2MX or PPCX) to a PMC, which connects the extension card to the BSS Switching Unit (BSU). BSC of type BCE only. EXTC PMCID
PMC Allocation EXTC PMCID This parameter contains the assignment between EXTC instances of type PPCX or D2MX and the associated PMC links inside the BCE. PMC number 0 and 2 are occupied by the two BSS Central Controller. The assigned values shall be unique for all PGs and EXTCs in one BCE. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
138 PMC Allocation (PG) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
1,3,4..31 The physical assignment of a PG to a PMC, which connects the PG to the BSS Switching Unit (BSU). BSC of type BCE only. PG PMCID
PMC Allocation PG PMCID This parameter contains the assignment between PG instances of type PPC, IOP, D2M, and ROI and the associated PMC links inside the BCE. PMC number 0 and 2 are occupied by the two BSS Central Controller. Only one PMC may be assigned. The assigned values shall be unique for all PGs and EXTCs in one BCE. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
139
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
139 POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
140
6dB = 2 0-2 0 = 2dB, 1 = 4dB, 2 = 6dB LO/UL Step size used when increasing the MS and BTS transmit power by dynamic power control POWER PWRINCRSTEP
MS Tx Power Increase PC PWRINC Specifies the power increment step size for both MS and BTS. Power is normally increased in steps of the specified value when power control decides to increase power, i.e. when the averaged received power level falls below L_RXLEV_XX_P. In case of rapid level changes the power control process uses a variable step size (dynamic power control). POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE should be chosen bigger than POW_RED_STEP_SIZE in order to assure a secure communication and a sufficiently high stability of the PC processes. See also POW _RED_STEP_SIZE, EN_MS_PC, EN_BS_PC, L_RXLEV_XX_P where XX stands for UL or DL POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE powerControlGSM0508 powerIncrStepSize
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
140 POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
4dB = 1 0-1 0 = 2dB, 1 = 4dB LO/UL Step size used when reducing the MS and BTS transmit power by dynamic power control POWER PWRREDSTEP
MS Tx Power Reduction PC PWRRED Specifies the power reduction step size for both MS and BTS. Power is reduced in steps of the specified value when power control decides to reduce power, i.e. when the averaged received power level exceeds U_RXLEV_XX_P. POW_RED_STEP_SIZE should be chosen smaller than POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE in order to assure a secure communication and a sufficiently high stability of the PC processes. See also POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE, EN_MS_PC, EN_BS_PC, RXLEV_XX_IH and U_RXLEV_XX_P where XX stands for UL or DL POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE powerControlGSM0508 powerRedStepSize
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
141
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
141 PTA_HO(n,0) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
142
0 0-63 Unit: 0.55 km LO/UL Predicted Timing Advance value is used in a handover command message for a MS from neighbour cell 'n' into the serving cell '0' in case of SYNC_NC is 'pre-synchronised'. ADJCELL TIMEADV
Predict Time Advance NCELL CDESC-n The synchronisation of a handover concerns the timing advance which has to be considered in intercell handovers. If the synchronisation is set to pre-synchronised (see SYNC_NC), this parameter specifies the predicted timing advance that is given in the handover command message. This parameter is unique for the relation between a cell and a neighbour cell. See also SYNC_NC(n,0) Depends on RF cell planning. Only applicable if parameter SYNC_NC(n,0) of same cell has the value "pre-synchronised(2)" for the same neighbour cell. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
142 Q_THRESHOLD_VAL Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
90% 0-100 Unit: percent LO/UL Threshold in percentage of max. queue entries BTS QUEUETHRESH
Queueing: Threshold Queue Entries BTS QUEUEM-b TCH assignment and handover requests may be queued in the BSS. The queuing is guarded by the timer T11 (MAP-Timer) and T_qho (MAPTimer), respectively. For both, assignment and handover the same queue is used. The parameter TOTAL_NUM_Q_PLACE_AVAIL defines the length of this queue. The parameter Q_THRESHOLD_VAL defines a threshold in percentage of max. queue entries. The crossing of this threshold is counted for performance measurements. See also T11 (MAP-Timer), T_qho (MAP-Timer), TOTAL_NUM_Q_PLACE_AVAIL -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
143
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
143 RACH_BUSY_THRES Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
144
GSM900: 8 (-102 dBm); GSM1800: 10 (-100 dBm) 0-63 -110 dBm to > -48dBm LO/UL The RACH BUSY count signal level Threshold is used to control the detection of MS access attempts on the RACH. This is required for load measurement and overload detection on the RACH. BTS RACHBUSYTH
RACH Busy Threshold BTS BSYCRACH Determines the threshold of the RACH receive level in the BTS. The level of each RACH timeslot is evaluated. All the RACH timeslots that are above the defined level are used for the load measurements, and are forwarded to the BSC. See also RACH_MEAS_PERIOD, CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD, EN_CCCH_LOAD_IND bts rACHBusyThreshold
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
144 RACH_MEAS_PERIOD Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
240 sec = 255 1-255 Unit: 4 * 51 multiframes = 941.5 msec LO/UL Used for ascertainment whether the RACH timeslot can be assumed as busy or not BTS RACHBUSYSLOT
RACH Load Averaging Slots BTS BSYCRPER This parameter specifies the period of RACH measurements. It is used to calculate the total number of RACH bursts for which a measurement is performed and compared to RACH_BUSY_THRES. The result is reported to the BSC in the interval CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD. If the value of RACH_MEAS_PERIOD is chosen smaller than the value of CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD, no measurement values are recorded. RACH_MEAS_PERIOD <= CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD bts rACHLoadAveragingSlots
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
145
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
145 Radio-/Terr. Link Asc. Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
146
Structure Line number: 0 - 31 (BCE), 0 - 127 (BCF); Slot number: 1 - 31 (E1), 1 - 24 (T1); Subslot number: 1 - 4 Associates the radio time slot (channel) to a terrestrial channel on the Abis E1/T1 interface. The radio slot will be mapped onto a 16 kbit subslot identified by this parameter. CHN PCM, SLOT, SUBSLOT0
ABIS TCH Slot Info CHN ATCHSLI-a-b-c-d This is only required in case of creating a traffic channel (CH_TYPE=TCHFull). The line number shall correspond to the value of parameter 'LIC-Input-Line A (n)' of object BTC -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
146 RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT (T100) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
11520 msec = 6 1-16 multiples of 4*480 msec for TCH resp. 4*470.77 msec for SDCCH channels (4 SACCH periods) LO/UL Timeout before the MS is disconnected from a call, in case of repeated failures to decode the SACCH messages. Corresponds to T100 BTS RADIOLKTO
Radio Link: Timeout RADIO RLTO During each call, the radiolink (Um) is monitored for successful message decoding on the SACCH. If too many errors occur for the duration of the radiolink timeout, the call is either re-established or released in a defined matter. If a single SACCH block could not be decoded a timer (initialised with RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT) is decremented by 1, if it could be decoded it is incremented by 2 not exceeding the threshold given in RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT. If the timer gets to 0 the radio path is cut off. The radiolink timeout becomes important only if neither handover nor power control can improve the RX/TX quality for this call. See also THRES_PC_RLF RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT > THRES_PC_RLF bts radioLinkTimeout
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
147
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
147 RBS-Type Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
148
0-2,4 0:RBS900, 1:BTS2000, 2:BTS2000/2C, 4:BTS2000(P) Type of the RBS BTS RBSTYPE
RBS Type This OMC-only parameter is used in the OMC to distinguish between different RBS types. For example the operator is presented with the ARU creation screen for a BTS of type RBS900, only. The attribute has to be set by the operator during creation of object BTS. With the BTC object creation the information about the actual RBS type is uploaded from the BTS via Abis-interface parameter RBS_Capability and OA-interface parameter BtsHardware of object BTC. The value range of BtsHardware is: unknown(0), RBS900(1), RBS918(2), RBS918 with MRIF(3), Cube(4). The value 'unknown' can only occur during upgrade from a previous release to NR8.0. If the value of BtsHardware is not 'unknown' and this value does not match the value of RBS-Type, an OMC system alarm is created. Mapping between the two attributes RBS-Type -> BtsHardware: RBS900 > RBS900, BTS2000 -> RBS918 with MRIF, BTS2000(P) -> RBS918, BTS2000/2C -> Cube There is a dependency with the OA-interface attribute BtsHardware of the object BTC. Refer to Long Description. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
148 RE Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
False Boolean False: disable feature, True: enable feature LO/UL Indicates whether call recovery (re-establishment) is allowed in the cell BTS CALLREESTB
Call Reestablishment Allowed CELL CALLREE If this parameter is true, the network can attempt to re-establish a call after a lower layer failure. This will only work if the layer 3 connection is still available. Call Reestablishment can be initiated by the MS after loss of a radio connection. The MS selects a new cell which allows call reestablishment and does an access attempt with reason call reestablishment. There is only a short time available for this procedure, because the MSC stores the context of a connection only for a short time after connection break. This flag is transmitted on the BCCH. bts callReestablishmentAllowed
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
149
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
149 RT Rack Id. Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
150
0 0-7 The rack number in which the RT is installed. Only for RBS900 this may have another value as 0. RT RACKNO
Location: Rack No. RT RTLOC-a See also: RT Shelf Id., Backup Capability -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
150 RT Shelf Id. Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-11 The hardware identification of the installed RT. To be interpreted depending on the RBS type. RT SHELFNO
Location: Shelf No. RT RTLOC-b See also: RT Rack Id., Backup Capability -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
151
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
151 RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
152
GSM900: 8; GSM1800: 10 0-63 -110 + RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than -48 dBm) LO/UL The minimum power level an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access the cell for (re-)selection. BTS RXLEVACC
Rx Level Access Minimum RADIO RXLEV This parameter defines the minimum received signal level at the MS required for access to the system. It is used together with other parameters to define the path loss criterion C1 for cell (re)selection (and C2 re-selection criterion). RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN is a part of the message System Information Type 3. This message is regularly broadcast on the BCCH by the network to all mobiles within the cell. Setting it to a high value means, that only those MSs are allowed to make an access attempt to the cell which are already in a location, where the reception of the Base Station is very good. This should result in an increased quality of the connection, but also in a decrease of the area of service availability. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN shall be harmonised at least with L_RXLEV_XX_H and RXLEV_MIN(n). It may not be smaller than the lowest level in the handover process because of immediate handover after location update of any MS in that cell. See also MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH, L_RXLEV_DL_H, RXLEV_MIN(n) RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN > L_RXLEV_DL_H RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN >= RXLEV_MIN(for this cell) in all NCs bts rxLevAccessMin
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
152 RXLEV_DL_IH Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM900: 25; GSM1800: 27 0-63 -110 + RXLEV_DL_IH dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than -48 dBm) LO/UL Signal level threshold on downlink for intracell (interference) handover HOCTRL RXLEVDLIH
Signal Strength: Downlink Limit HO HOCSS-e If the averaged measurement value RXLEV_DL is greater than the threshold RXLEV_DL_IH and the averaged measurement value RXQUAL_DL is worse than the threshold L_RXQUAL_DL_H, an intracell handover is initiated. For this intracell handover it is not necessary that the adjusted transmission power for the downlink has already reached the maximum. See also L_RXQUAL_DL_H, EN_INTRA_HO, L_RXLEV_DL_P, L_RXLEV_DL_H RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
153
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
153 RXLEV_MIN(n) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
154
-96dBm = 14 0-63 -110 + RXLEV_MIN(n) dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than 48 dBm) LO/UL The minimum signal level that has to be received by an MS to be allowed to handover to that cell. ADJCELL RXMIN
MS Rx Level Minimum Cell NCELL CDESC-h RXLEV_MIN(n) defines the minimum received BCCH level which must be achieved for a respective neighbouring cell 'n' before the MS is allowed to handover to this particular cell. The selection of proper values for RXLEV_MIN depends on cell sizes, cell layouts, propagation conditions and the interference situation in the cells, and is matter of cellular network planning. See also L_RXLEV_DL_H, RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN, UMBRELLA_MICRO_HYST RXLEV_MIN(n) for a neighbour cell n should have the same value in all cells referencing this neighbour cell. RXLEV_MIN(for this cell) in all NCs > L_RXLEV_DL_H RXLEV_MIN(for this cell) in all NCs <= RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 rxLevMinCell
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
154 RXLEV_UL_IH Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
25 0-63 -110 + RXLEV_UL_IH dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than -48 dBm) LO/UL Signal level threshold on uplink for intracell (interference) handover. HOCTRL RXLEVULIH
Signal Strength: Uplink Limit HO HOCSS-d If the averaged measurement value RXLEV_UL is greater than the threshold RXLEV_UL_IH and the averaged measurement value RXQUAL_UL is worse than the threshold L_RXQUAL_UL_H, an intracell handover is initiated. For this intracell handover it is not necessary that the adjusted transmission power for the uplink has already reached the maximum. See also L_RXQUAL_UL_H, EN_INTRA_HO, L_RXLEV_UL_P, L_RXLEV_UL_H RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
155
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
155 SDFU/TCU Version Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
156
Text Version information about the BCF Sub-Rate Digital Facility Unit (SDFU) and Traffic Control Unit (TCU) BSC of type BCF only. SDFU/TCU BOARDTYPE, FWSERIES, FWVER, SERIALNO, PACKID, ARTMASTER, HWSERIES, HWVER
Board Type, Firmware Series, Firmware Version, Serial Number, Pack Identifier, Art Master, Hardware Series, Hardware Version The SDFU/TCU Version attribute contains the following information: - BoardType: 0 = TCU, 1 = SDFU - Firmware Information: This is the boot ROM firmware (not the application software). This includes Boot ROM firmware release and Boot ROM firmware version (each a hexadecimal byte). - Serial Number (WES#): 12 digit number which indicates date and place of manufacture and Warranty Eligibility System information. This is in yyNGmmnnnnnn format where: yy=year, NG indicates the Nuremberg factory, mm=month, nnnnnnn is a 6 digit number. - Circuit Pack Identifier : MABnn where MAB is the board family nn is a 1 digit number followed by a blank or a 2 digit number e.g. a 120 ohm SDFU is a MAB6, a TCU is a MAB20. - Art Master : The Art Master is the printed wiring board layout. The format is nWm where n is a 1 digit number indicating the actual circuit board physical layout represents working issue, m is a one digit number indicating different physical information on the board e.g. 1W1, 2W1. - HW Series: Snn where S represents 'Series' nn is a 1 digit number followed by a blank or a 2 digit number e.g. S1, S25. - HW Vintage: Vnn where V represents 'Vintage' nn is a 1 digit number followed by a blank or a 2 digit number e.g. V2, V15. GSM1220_gsmEquipment version
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
156 SDU bad sectors Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-100 Unit: percent, '0' in case of SCSI disc Storage Disk Unit (SDU) sector information. This parameter shows the percentage of bad sectors on the SDU in the BCE. BSC of type BCE only. SDU BADSEC
Percentage Bad Sectors SDU SDUSECI.PERCENTAGE_OF_BAD_SECTORS See also 'SDU higher threshold', 'SDU lower threshold' and 'SDU No. of sectors' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
157
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
157 SDU higher threshold Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
158
0-100 Unit: percent, '0' in case of SCSI disc Higher threshold in percentage for Storage Disk Unit (SDU) bad sectors in the BCE. BSC of type BCE only. SDU HIGHTHR
Sector Threshold High SDU SECTHR-SECTOR_THRESHOLD_HIGH See also 'SDU bad sectors', 'SDU lower threshold' and 'SDU No. of sectors' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
158 SDU lower threshold Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-100 Unit: percent, '0' in case of SCSI disc Lower threshold in percentage for Storage Disk Unit (SDU) bad sectors in the BCE. BSC of type BCE only. SDU LOWTHR
Sector Threshold Low SDU SECTHR-SECTOR_THRESHOLD_LOW See also 'SDU bad sectors', 'SDU higher threshold' and 'SDU No. of sectors' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
159
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
159 SDU No. of sectors Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
160
0-32767 Unit of 'kilo' (1024) sectors Storage Disk Unit (SDU) sector information. This parameter shows the number of sectors on the SDU in the BCE. BSC of type BCE only. SDU NRSEC
No. of 'kilo' Sectors SDU SDUSECI.NUMBER_OF_KILO_SECTORS Range:1-526 See also 'SDU bad sectors', 'SDU higher threshold' and 'SDU lower threshold' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
160 ServerAllocation Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Structure Name of server and related E1 ports The server and SDFU E1 ports which support the signalling for this PG (type PPC). BCF only PG SERVERNAME, E1PORTx
Server Allocation The server allocation is dynamically set by the BCF during recovery of LTEVM, server or whole BCF. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
161
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
161 Serviceprovider L2 (BTC) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
162
1 1-6 Part of the identification of the Abis link that is used for signalling purposes between BSC and BTC. BTC-LAPD ABISSPL2SP
ABIS SigSlot Info: EXTC ID BTC ABISPROV-b Range:0-6 A 64 kbit/s slot of the Abis link is used by BSC and BTC for O&M related signalling. In the BCE the EXTC-PPP defined by this parameter supports the Layer 2 functionality needed for the communication between the BTC and BSC. In the BCF this parameter identifies a BCF internal resource and can not be set by the operator. See also 'Serviceprovider PPC (BTC)' and 'Sign.-Slot BTC' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
162 Serviceprovider L2 (RT) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
1-6 Part of the identification of the Abis link that is used for signalling purposes between BSC and RT. RT-LAPD ABISSPL2SP
ABIS SigSlot Info: EXTC ID RT ABISPROV-b A 64 kbit/s slot of the link served by the EXTC is used by BSC and RT for O&M and call handling related signalling. Up to four 64 kbit/s slots of this link are used by the RT for traffic channels. In the BCE the EXTC-PPP defined by this parameter supports the Layer 2 functionality needed for the communication between the RT and BSC. In the BCF this parameter identifies a BCF internal resource and can not be set by the operator. See also 'Serviceprovider PPC (RT)', 'Traffic Slots RT' and 'Sign.-Slot RT' EXTC-Existence -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
163
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
163 Serviceprovider PG (TCG) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Shor Shortt De Desc scri ript ptiion: on:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
164
0-29 (BCE), 0-69 (BCF) Part Part of the the ide ident ntiifica ficattion ion o off the the M iint nter erfa face ce link link betw betwee een n BS BSC and and TCG TCG.. This parameter identifies the service provider PG-D2M which serves this E1/T1 link. TCG PGID
PCM Service Provider: PG Id TCG PCMPROV-a -
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
164 Serviceprovider PPC (BTC) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short hort Descr escriiptio ption: n:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long De Descri cription:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-29 (BCE), 0-69 (BCF) Part art of of the the iden identi tifi fica cati tion on of the the Abis Abis link link that that is used used for for si signa gnalli lling purp purpo oses ses between BSC and BTC. This parameter identifies the service provider PG of type PPC. BTC-LAPD ABISSPPGID
ABIS SigSlot Info: PG ID BTC ABISPROV-a A 64 kb kbit/s sl slot of of th this lilink is is use used d by by BSC and BTC for for O& O&M re related signalling. See also 'Serviceprovider L2 (BTC)' and 'Sign.-Slot BTC' PG-Existence -
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
165
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
165 Serviceprovider PPC (RT) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Shor Shortt De Desc scri ript ptiion: on:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long De Descrip ription:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
166
0-29 (BCE), 0-69 (BCF) Part Part of the the ident dentif ifiicati cation on of the the Abi Abis s lin link k th that is used sed for for tra traffi ffic and and signalling purposes between BSC and RT. This parameter identifies the service provider PG of type PPC. RT-LAPD ABISSPPGID
ABIS SigSlot Info: PG ID RT S A 64 64 kb kbit/s sl slot of of th this lilink is is us used by by BSC an and RT RT fo for O& O&M an and ca call handling related signalling. signalling. Up to four 64 kbit/s slots of this link are used used by the RT for traffic channels. See also 'Serviceprovider L2 (RT)', 'Traffic Slots RT' and 'Sign.-Slot RT' PG-Existence -
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
166 Sign.-Slot BTC Recommended Default Value: Range: Range ange Sem eman anti tics cs:: Modification State: Short hort Descr escrip ipti tion on::
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Lon Long D Des escr crip ipttion: ion:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Structure Line Line numb numbe er: 0 - 31 31 (BC (BCE), E), 0 - 127 127 (BC (BCF); F); Slot lot numb number er:: 1 - 31 (E1) (E1),, 1 - 24 (T1) This This para parame mete terr a ass sso ociat ciate es a 64 kbi kbit/s t/s tim time e slo slott in in the the Abi Abis s lin link k bet betw ween een BSC and BTC for O&M related signalling. Must match with the site dependent configuration. BTC-LAPD SIGPCM, SIGSLOT
ABIS SigSlot Info: PCM System / Slot Number BTC ASIGSLI-a-b The The si signal gnalli lin ng cha chann nnel el for for tthe he BTC BTC can can b be e con conce cent ntra rate ted dw wit ith h the the si signal gnalli lin ng channels of up to 3 RTs. See also 'Serviceprovider L2 (BTC)', 'Serviceprovider PPC (BTC)', 'Sign.Slot RT' The line numb mbe er shall correspond to the value of parame metter 'LIC-Input-Line A (n)' of object BTC. Concentration is only supported by BTS2000 (with MRIF) and BTS2000/C. BT S2000/C. lapdLink abisSigChannel
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
167
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
167 Sign.-Slot RT Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
168
Structure Line number: 0 - 31 (BCE), 0 - 127 (BCF); Slot number: 1 - 31 (E1), 1 - 24 (T1) This parameter associates a 64 kbit/s time slot in the Abis link between BSC and RT for O&M and call handling related signalling. RT-LAPD SIGPCM, SIGSLOT
ABIS SigSlot Info: PCM System / Slot Number RT ASIGSLI-a-b The signalling channels of up to 4 RTs or 1 BTC and 3 RTs can be concentrated. See also 'Serviceprovider L2 (RT)', 'Serviceprovider PPC (RT)', 'Traffic Slots RT', 'Sign.-Slot BTC' The line number shall correspond to the value of parameter 'LIC-Input-Line A (n)' of object BTC. Concentration is only supported by BTS2000 (with MRIF) and BTS2000/C. lapdLink abisSigChannel
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
168 Signalling Link Code Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-15 This parameter identifies a signalling link within a signalling link set (LSET) as numbered by the MSC. The link code assigned is required to be identical to the one assigned in the MSC. LINK SLC
Signalling Link Code LINK LINKCODE -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
169
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
169 SigSlotsReserved Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
170
1-15 LO Minimum number of signalling timeslots to be reserved for this PPC at the interface "cell server" <-> "sdfu" (which serves BCON). PG of type PPC only, BCF only PG MINRSVDTS
Min Reserved Signal Timeslots This parameter is not settable for BCF R1 -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
170 SPC_BSC Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-16383 The Origination Signalling Point Code specifies the address of the BSC within the CCS7 network. OPC OPC
Signaling Point Code OPC SPC/SPCB Range:Structure A point code in the CCS7 network consists of the Network Indicator (NI) and the Signalling Point Code (SPC). The point code is unique for the CCS7 network. The parameter NI_BSC specifies the type of CCS7 network to which the BSC belongs. The parameter SPC_BSC specifies the Signalling Point Code (SPC) of the BSC in the CCS7 network. See also NI_BSC, NI_MSC, SPC_MSC -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
171
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
171 SPC_MSC Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
172
0-16383 The Destination Signalling Point Code specifies the address of the MSC within the CCS7 network. LSET DPC
Signaling Point Code LSET SPC/SPCB Range:Structure A point code in the CCS7 network consists of the Network Indicator (NI) and the Signalling Point Code (SPC). The point code is unique for the CCS7 network. The parameter NI_MSC specifies the type of CCS7 network to which the MSC belongs. The parameter SPC_MSC specifies the Signalling Point Code (SPC) of the MSC in the CCS7 network. See also NI_BSC, NI_MSC, SPC_BSC -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
172 SYNC_NC(n,0) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0 (non-synchronised) 0-3 0 = non-synchronised, 1 = synchronised, 2 = pre-synchronised (, 3 = pseudo-synchronised - not supported) LO/UL Synchronisation indication for handover from Neighbour Cell n to cell 0 ADJCELL SYNCID
Synchronized / Synch Identification NCELL CDESC-k Range:NOSYNC = 0, SYNC = 1, PRESYNC = 2, PSEUSYNC = 3 The synchronisation of a handover concerns the timing advance which has to be considered in incoming intercell handovers. Typically this is used for sectored cell configurations in order to accelerate the handover procedure. In order to enable a synchronised handover between synchronised radio cells, for every radio cell served by a particular BSC, this parameter contains the synchronisation state of all neighbour cells. The synchronisation state of the new cell with respect to the old cell is conveyed to the BSC serving the old cell via the handover request acknowledge and handover command messages on the BSC-MSC interface and is forwarded to the concerned MS in the old cell via the handover command message on the air interface. synchronised: the timing advance is given in advance; non-synchronised: the timing advance is given by the physical information message from the BTS; pre-synchronised: the timing advance is given in the handover command message or a default value is used. Phase 1 MSs do not support pre-synchronised and will be executed as non-synchronised. pseudo-synchronised: the timing advance is computed by the real time difference given in the handover command. Pseudo-synchronised is not supported and will be executed as non-synchronised if configured. This parameter is unique for the relation between a cell and a neighbour cell. Whether sychronised handover is possible between cells is dependent on the BTS type and physical configuration. See also PTA_HO(n,0) adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508 synchronized
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
173
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
173 T_MK Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
174
120 min = 12 0-24 Unit: 10 min LO/UL This attribute defines the maximum allowed duration of a minimum configuration in case of a mains fault in the BTS site. BTS TMINCFG
Emergency Configuration Timer BTS TMINCONF Range:0-240 step 10 This parameter decides how long the minimum configuration will be kept for the BTS. After this time the BTS will be switched off. The BSS informs the OMC about the following events by means of internal alarms: power down of power supply, switching to minimum configuration, switching off the BTS, restoring power supply, restarting normal operation. See also: NS_TRX -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
174 T_qho (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
2 sec 1s-30s UL Mobile Application Part Timer in BSC - Handover resource allocation queuing guard timer (maximum allowed queuing time for handover) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: Tqho BSC MAPT-20-b-c After the HANDOVER REQUEST message without having the necessary TCH available the HANDOVER REQUEST shall be put into a queue; the QUEUING INDICATION message shall be returned to the MSC and the timer T_qho shall be started. The timer value T_qho specifies the maximum queuing delay and is determined by the operator. The procedure shall be terminated with a successful or unsuccessful reservation of the required traffic channel by sending a HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE or a HANDOVER FAILURE message, respectively, to the MSC. If the timer T_qho expires the HANDOVER REQUEST shall be removed from the queue and a HANDOVER FAILURE message shall be sent to the MSC with the Cause value 'no radio resource available'. Too low values: Even low values increase probability of a successful handover resource allocation. Concrete values depend on offered traffic, number of available TCH and requested blocking rate and have to be taken from a table of the Erlang distribution. Too high values: Call may be dropped if the Assignment Request is queued too long and therefore prohibits Handover to excute. See also T11 (MAP-Timer), Q_THRESHOLD_VAL, TOTAL_NUM_Q_PLACE_AVAIL, MSC Timer: HO ACK T101 (TRR2). Tqho < MSC Timer: HO ACK T101 (TRR2) Queuing has to be supported bts timeLimitHandover
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
175
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
175 T_SDCCH_HO_ALLOWED Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
176
2824 msec = 3 1-31 multiples of 2*470.77 msec for SDCCH channels (2 SACCH periods) LO/UL The time allowed for SDCCH - SDCCH handover and SDCCH - TCH handover in case of handover during queueing. If an SDCCH is allocated for handover purposes to an MS, SDCCH - SDCCH handover is blocked for this MS for this time. HOCTRL TIMSDCCHHO
SDCCH HO Time Allowed HO TSDCCHHO If a SDCCH is allocated to a MS this timer is started and a SDCCHSDCCH handover is blocked for this specific MS until the timer expires. If the timer has expired and SDCCH-SDCCH handover is enabled a handover request may be generated if required due to radio or other criteria. The timer also applies to SDCCH TCH Handover in case of Handover during Queueing. See also EN_SDCCH_HO, EN_SDCCH_TCH_HO SDCCH - SDCCH Handover (EN_SDCCH_HO) has to be enabled -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
176 T1 (MAP-Timer) (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short hort Descr escriiptio ption: n: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Lon Long De Desc scri ript ptiion: on:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
2 sec 1s-60s UL Mobi Mo bille App Appllicat icatiion Part art Tim Timer er in BS BSC - Block lockiing/ ng/Un Unb block lockiing gua guard timer imer BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T1 BSC MAPT-1-b-c The The MSC MSC cho chooses oses the the terr terre estri strial al reso resour urce ces s to be used used.. The The MSC MSC there herefo fore re needs to be informed of any terrestrial circuits that are out of service at the BSS. This is performed by using a simple blocking/unblocking procedure. The timer T1 watches over the reception of the Blocking/Unblocking Acknowledge message from the MSC and is started after the BSC sends a blocking/unblocking message to the MSC. T1 is stopped after receiving a Blocking Acknowledge/Unblocking Acknowledge from the MSC. After a first T1 expiration the BSS repeats the Blocking/Unblocking message and restarts T1. After a second expiration the BSS marks the belonging circuits as blocked/unblocked without waiting for the acknowledge. ack nowledge. The BSC continues Blocking procedure with the next CIC. Too low values: Blocking procedure lasts longer as BSC re-sends messages in case of MSC not answering in time. Message rate on A interface increases. Too high values: Blocking procedures lasts longer in case of MSC not answering. T1 > time needed by MSC to process message under nominal load bsc bssMapT1
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
177
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
177 T10 (MAP-Timer) (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Shor Shortt De Desc scri ript ptiion: on: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Descrip ription:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
178
25 sec 1s-30s UL Mobi Mo bile le Appli pplica cattion ion Part Part Time Timerr in in BS BSC-Ass -Assig ignm nmen entt gua guard rd time imer o on n the the o olld channel. Used during dedicated Assignment and Intracell Handover BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T10 BSC MAPT-10-b-c The The time merr is sta starte rted with sending the ASSIGNMENT_C T_COMMAND message (dedicated assignment, old channel) to the MS and is normally stopped when the MS has correctly corr ectly seized the new channel (when receiving the Assignment Complete message from the MS) or if an Assignment Failure is received from the MS on the old channel. Its purpose is to keep the old channel sufficiently long for the MS to be able to return to the old channel, and to release the channel if the MS is lost. On receipt of the ASSIGNMENT_COMPLETE message or timer expiry the old channel is released. On time out an Assignment Assignment Failure message is sent to the the MSC. The tiomer is not re-started. Too low values result in a low call success rate. Values below about 10 sec are not useable. Too high values result in a high resource usage on the SDCCH or the originating TCH, respectively, in case of failed assignments. This may result in a high resource blocking. See also T3107 (Um-Timer), MSC Timer: ASSIGN (TRR1) T10 (MAP-Timer) > T3107 (Um-Timer) The value of Trr1 in the MSC shall be higher than T10 plus the transmission time of ASSignment REQuest and ASSignment COMplete message. bsc bssMapT10
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
178 T11 T11 (MAP-Timer) (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short hort Descr escriiptio ption: n:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Descri cription:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12 12.20 At Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
4 sec 1s-5min UL Mobi Mo bille Appli pplica cati tio on Part art Time Timerr in BSC - Queu Queuiing time timer. r. Used sed duri durin ng Dedicated Assignment. Maximum allowed queuing time for traffic channel assignment BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T11 BSC MAPT-11-b-c Afte fter the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST me mess ssa age without having the necessary TCH available the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is put into a queue; the QUEUING INDICATION message is returned to the MSC and the timer T11 is started. The timer value T11 specifies the maximum queuing delay and is determined by the operator. The procedure is terminated with a successful or unsuccessful assignment of the required traffic channel by sending an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE or an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message to the MSC. If the timer T11 expires, directed retry is enabled and all the criterias are met, directed retry will be performed. If the timer T11 expires and directed retry is not enabled, the TCH request is removed from the queue and an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message is sent to the MSC, with the Cause 'no radio resource available'. Too low values: Even low values increase probability pr obability of a successful channel assignment. Concrete values depend on offered traffic, number of available TCH and requested blocking rate and have to be taken from a table of the Erlang distribution. Too high values: Some Assignment Requests will be queued very long without the originating party having any indication of the call being queued and without increasing the mean probability of a TCH being available. See also T_qho (MAP-Timer), (MAP-Tim er), Q_THRESHOLD_VAL, TOTAL_NUM_Q_PLACE_AVAIL, TOTAL_NUM_Q_PLACE_AVA IL, MSC Timer: ASSIGN (TRR1), Queing Queuing has to be supported bts timeLimitCall
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
179
GSM Parameter Catalogue – Catalogue – NR NR 8.0
179 T13 (MAP-Timer) (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Descr scription: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Long Descr escriipti ption: on:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
180
10 sec 5s-30s UL Mobile Ap Applicat cation Pa Part Time Timerr in in BS BSC - Reset set Ack Ackn nowledge Ti Time merr BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T13 BSC MAPT-13-b-c Thi This time timerr is is sta starte rted afte afterr the the rece recep ption tion of a Reset eset me mess ssa age in the the BSS. It gives time for the BSS to release all affected calls. After expiration of this timer the BSS sends a Reset Acknowledge message to the MSC. On time out the Reset Acknowledge message is sent to the MSC. The timer is not restarted. Too low values: Increase system unavailability in case of BSS outage if T13 expires prior to resource clearance. Too high values: Increases system unavailability in case of BSS outage. See also: T16 (MSC-BSC Timers for GSM 8.0) The value of the "W ai ait for Acknowledge timer" T16 in the MSC shall be higher than the value of T13 plus the transmission time of the reset and the reset acknowledge message (i.e. T13 > time needed by BSS to clear resources). bsc bssMapT13
Lucent Technologies – Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
180 T17 (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
30 sec 30s-120s UL Mobile Application Part Timer in BSC - Overload timer for access class barring procedure (Note: If this timer is running overload messages from MSC are ignored) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T17 BSC MAPT-17-b-c T17 is started after receiving the OVERLOAD message from the MSC. All received overload messages or signalling point congested information are ignored during this time in order not to reduce the traffic too rapidly. On receipt of the first OVERLOAD message or signalling point congested information, the traffic is reduced by one step. At the same time, timers T5(T17) and T6(T18) are started. During T5(T17) all received overload messages or signalling point congested information are ignored in order not to reduce the traffic too rapidly. Reception of an OVERLOAD message or signalling point congested information after expiry of T5(T17) but still during T6(T18) , will decrease the traffic load by one more step, and restart T5(T17) and T6(T18). This step by step reduction of traffic is continued until maximum reduction is obtained by arriving at the last step. If T6(T18) expires (i.e. no OVERLOAD message or signalling point congested information is received during T6(T18)) the traffic will be increased by one step and T6(T18) will be started, unless full load has been resumed. Too low values: Traffic may be reduced more than appropriate. Too high values: Traffic may be reduced less than appropriate, resulting in to high load on the MSC. NOTE: Timers T5 and T6 are running in the MSC whilst Timers T17 and T18 are running in the BSS. Formerly: T5 See also: EN_ACC_BARRING, Barring Sequence, M1, M2, N1, N2, T18 (MAP-Timer). 30s <= T17 (MAP-Timer) < T18 (MAP-Timer) bsc bssMapT17
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
181
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
181 T18 (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
182
60 sec 30s-120s UL Mobile Application Part Timer in BSC - Overload timer for access class unbarring procedure BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T18 BSC MAPT-18-b-c If this timer expires, the traffic will be increased by one step (step size given in parameter M2 resp. N2) and the timer will be started, unless full load has been resumed. On receipt of the first OVERLOAD message or signalling point congested information, the traffic is reduced by one step. At the same time, timers T5(T17) and T6(T18) are started. During T5(T17) all received overload messages or signalling point congested information are ignored in order not to reduce the traffic too rapidly. Reception of an OVERLOAD message or signalling point congested information after expiry of T5(T17) but still during T6(T18) , will decrease the traffic load by one more step, and restart T5(T17) and T6(T18). This step by step reduction of traffic is continued until maximum reduction is obtained by arriving at the last step. If T6(T18) expires (i.e. no OVERLOAD message or signalling point congested information is received during T6(T18)) the traffic will be increased by one step and T6(T18) will be started, unless full load has been resumed. Too low values: If T18 has a similar value as T17, it becomes unlikely that further overload messages are received during the time after expiry of T17 and before expiry of T18. Thus, traffic is not reduced further but increased again. Thise leads to a toggling barring/unbarring of access classes. Too high values: Access classes remain barred very long, although there is no overload situation anymore. NOTE: Timers T5 and T6 are running in the MSC whilst Timers T17 and T18 are running in the BSS. Formerly: T6 See also: EN_ACC_BARRING, Barring Sequence, M1, M2, N1, N2, T17 (MAP-Timer) T18 > T17 (MAP-Timer) >= 30s T18 >= 60s Note: Both these dependencies must be fulfilled bsc bssMapT18
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
182 T19 (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
10 sec 1s-60s UL Mobile Application Part Timer in BSC - Reset Circuit Guard Timer BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T19 BSC MAPT-19-b-c If a circuit has to be put to idle at the BSS due to an abnormal SCCPconnection release, a RESET CIRCUIT message will be sent to the MSC and T19 will start. When the MSC receives this message, it clears the possible call and puts the circuit, if known, to the idle state. If the circuit is known, a RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message is returned to the BSS and T19 is stopped. If the circuit is unknown in the MSC, an UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message is returned to the BSS. Timer T19 is used at the BSS to supervise the reset circuit procedure. If the timer elapses before a response (RESET, RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE or UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT) is returned to the BSS, the procedure is repeated. Too low values: Increased message rate and delayed re-availability of CIC if message is repeated prior to MSC response. Too high values: delayed re-availability in case of lost Reset Circuit Acknowledge messages T19 > time needed by MSC to process and answer Reset Circuit message under nominal MSC load. bsc bssMapT19
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
183
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
183 T3101 (Um-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
184
3 sec 1s-10s LO Um interface timer in BSC - Guard Timer on SDCCH, used during Immediate Assignment BTS AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) (i.e. AIRTIMERV1, AIRTIMERU1)
Air Timer: T3101 TIMER BTSAT-T3101-b-c The timer is started after sending the Immediate Assignment Command message to the MS. Timer is stopped after receiving the initial layer 3 message (e.g. CM Service Request or Paging Response) in the BSC. If T3101 times out, the assigned SDCCH is released. That means the RF Channel Release message is sent to the BTS. Very low values: Result in low Immediate Assignment Success rate, resulting in continued attempts by MS to acquire SDCCH, resulting in high resource usage, which may result in high resource blocking. Too high values: Result in high resource usage in case of unsuccessful Immediate Assignments, may result in high resource blocking.. T3101 > time needed by MS to seize SDCCH bts t31xx.t3101
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
184 T3107 (Um-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
23 sec 1s-60s LO Um interface timer in BSC - Assignment guard timer on new channel, used during Dedicated Assignment. Assignment guard timer on target TCH, used during intra cell Handover. BTS AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) (i.e. AIRTIMERV7, AIRTIMERU7)
Air Timer: T3107 TIMER BTSAT-T3107-b-c The timer is started after activating the new channel on Abis interface (receiving Channel Activation Acknowledge from the BTS) and is normally stopped when the MS has correctly seized the new channel If Assignment Complete is received on the new channel, or if Assignment Failure is received on the old channel. If T3107 expires before an ASSIGNMENT_COMPLETE or an ASSIGNMENT_FAILURE message has been received from the MS, the already allocated resources on the new channel have to be released and an ASSIGNMENT_FAILURE is sent to the MSC. Too low values: Low call success rate. Values below approx. 10 seconds are not useable. Too high values: Result in high resource usage on the new channel. This may result in high resource blocking. See also T10 (MAP-Timer), TRR1 (MSC-BSC Timers for GSM 8.0) T3107 > time needed by MS to revert to old channel (SDCCH/TCH, Approx. 10 seconds). T3107 >> time needed to seize new TCH. This is approx. 4 seconds. T3107 (Um-Timer) < T10 (MAP-Timer) bts t31xx.t3107
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
185
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
185 T3109 (Um-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
186
12 sec 1s-30s LO Timer for the Um interface to guard the reception of RELEASE INDICATION. BTS AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) (i.e. AIRTIMERV9, AIRTIMERU9)
Air Timer: T3109 TIMER BTSAT-T3109-b-c Waiting time for channel deactivation on network side. It is used in the channel release procedure. Its purpose is to release the channels in case of loss of communication. NOTE: Its value should be large enough to ensure that the mobile station detects a radio link failure. The timer is started on sending the DEACT_SACCH message to the BTS. If no Release_Indication is received during this time, the message RF_Channel_Release is sent to the BTS. See also T3101 (Um-Timer), T3107 (Um-Timer), T3111 (Um-Timer) bts t31xx.t3109
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
186 T3111 (Um-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
1 sec 1s-30s LO Timer for the Um interface to delay the release of channel resources in the BTS after disconnection of the main signalling link. BTS AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) (i.e. AIRTIMERV11, AIRTIMERU11)
Air Timer: T3111 TIMER BTSAT-T3111-b-c Time out value for channel release on network side. This timer is used to delay the channel deactivation after disconnection of the main signalling link. Its purpose is to let some time for possible repetition of the disconnection. It is started on receiving a Release_Indication message. After the time given in T3111 the message RF_Channel_Release is sent to the BTS. See also T3101 (Um-Timer), T3107 (Um-Timer), T3109 (Um-Timer) bts t31xx.t3111
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
187
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
187 T3212 Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
188
120 deci-hours (12 hours) if IMSI detach/attach is enabled 30 deci-hours (3 hours), IMSI detach/attach is disabled 0-255 Unit: 6 min (1 deci-hour), 0-1530min LO/UL Periodic Location Update Timer (Indicates the interval for the MS periodic location updates) BTS INTVMSLOCUPD
Timer Periodic Update MS BTS CONFCCH-d Periodic updating may be used to notify periodically the availability of the MS to the network. Periodic updating is performed by using the location updating procedure. The timer is started when a signalling activity has taken place on the radio path. When the MS is powered down the timer value is kept in memory. When the MS is powered up the timer continues. When timer T3212 reaches its time out value, the MS initiates a location updating (Locataion Update Request) and the timer is restarted. Most service provider set this parameter to a high value to reduce load for BSC, MSC and VLR. The value 0 indicates that no periodic update should be used within the cell. See also: ATT If IMSI Detach is used, value should be as high as possible If Time based implicit detach is used, the MSC timer for this function has to be higher than T3212 bts timerPeriodicUpdateMS
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
188 T4 (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
10 sec 4s-60s UL Mobile Application Part Timer in BSC - Reset guard timer BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T4 BSC MAPT-4-b-c The timer starts after sending a RESET message to the MSC and stops at the reception of a RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message from the MSC. If the timer expires the RESET MESSAGE is sent anew and the timer started again. The RESET message can be sent up to RESET_REP_COUNTER times. After RESET_REP_COUNTER retries, continue with 20*T4 Too low values: May time out before MSC send Reset Acknowledge and increase system unavailability. Too high values: Increase system unavailability in case of MSC outage. See also: T2 ('MSC-BSC Timers for GSM 8.0') The value shall be higher than the value of the MSC timer T2 plus the transmission time of the Reset and the Reset Acknowledge messages (i.e. T4 >> T2). bsc bssMapT4
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
189
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
189 T7 (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
190
10 sec 5s-60s UL Mobile Application Part Timer in BSC - Handover Required guard timer BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T7 BSC MAPT-7-b-c If the BSS has detected that a radio reason exists for a MSC controlled handover to occur, the BSS sends a HANDOVER REQUIRED message to the MSC. After sending this HANDOVER REQUIRED message the T7 timer is started. Radio Link Control will not produce further HANDOVER REQUIRED messages while the timer T7 is running. After receiving a HANDOVER COMMAND or HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT message from the MSC the timer is stopped. On time out Radio Link Control resumes normal operation which may result in further Handover Required messages. Timer values smaller than 9 sec should be avoided (MSC is not able to do Handover Resource Allocation in second cell if first target cell fails) Timer values smaller than 4 sec are unusable (Handover Resource Allocation in first target cell probably not completed on receipt of second Handover Required message by MSC). Too low values: Increase the MSC load and A interface message rate Too high values: Calls can drop due to delayed handover in case of MSC not being able to allocate resources in any potential target cell. See also T7_IHO, T_qho (MAP-Timer), MSC Timer RQST ACK T201., TRR2 T7 > T_qho (Queuing of MSC controlled HO) T7 > T7_IHO (BSC controlled HO) T7 > time needed by MSC to do one successful handover resource allocation Note: All dependencies must be fulfilled. bsc bssMapT7
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
190 T7_IHO Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
8 sec 1s-30s UL Timer in BSC - Intra Cell Handover guard timer (Note: This timer is not specified within GSM - it is specified by Lucent) BSC DTCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSS DTC: TIho BSC MAPTD-11-b-c If the handover process in the BSC recognises that an intracell handover is required, the T7_IHO timer is started and no further intracell handover request will be generated for this mobile during this time. The timer is stopped after receiving a Assignment Complete message from the MS. On time out the Radio Link Control resumes normal operation which may result in further handover attempts. Too low value: Increased BSC load. Values < approx. 4 s should be avoided. Values < approx. 2 s are unusable. Too high values: Call drops due to delayed handovers in case of BSC not being able to allocate resources in target cell. See also T7 (MAP-Timer) T7_IHO < T7 T7_IHO > time needed by BSC to do successful HO Resource allocation. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
191
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
191 T8 (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
192
32 sec 1s-60s UL Mobile Application Part Timer in BSC - Handover guard timer in originating cell BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T8 BSC MAPT-8-b-c Handover execution in the context of the BSS/MSC interface is the process whereby an MSC instructs an MS to tune to a new dedicated radio resource which may be on a different cell. The HANDOVER COMMAND message is generated by the MSC and transmitted to the old BSS which is currently supporting the concerned MS. On receipt of the HANDOVER COMMAND message the T8 timer is started in the originating BSS. A radio interface HANDOVER COMMAND message is then sent by the old BSS, to the concerned MS. The message contains a handover reference number, previously allocated by the new BSS. The timer is stopped after receiving a Clear Command message with cause Handover Complete from the MSC. If the timer T8 times out, then the old BSS requests the release of the dedicated radio resources with a CLEAR_REQUEST message sent to the MSC. The timer is not restarted. Too low values: Resource in originating cell will be released even if MS has not completed the handover. The MS is not able to revert to the old cell. This results in a higher handover drop rate. Too high values: Higher resource usage in originating cell in case of quadruple fault (MS not seizing target cell and not reverting to old cell, TRR3 in target BSS not expiring, TRR7 in MSC not expiring). See also: TRR3, TRR7 (MSC-BSC Timer for GSM 8.0) T8 >= TRR7 >= Trr3 (MAP-Timer) bsc bssMapT8
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
192 TEMPORARY_OFFSET Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0 0-7 10 * TEMPORARY_OFFSET dB, 7: infinite LO/UL TEMPORARY_OFFSET is a dynamic offset applied to a particular cell in order to discourage mobiles in idles mode from re-selecting this cell for a pre-defined period of time. The value of TEMPORARY_OFFSET is subtracted from a cells C1 value for a period of time defined by PENALTY_TIME. BTS TEMPOFF
Cell Reselection: Temporary Offset CELL C2CRIT-c TEMPORARY_OFFSET is a dynamic offset applied to a particular cell in order to discourage mobiles in idle mode from re-selecting the cell for a pre-defined period of time. The time for which this offset iss applied is defined by the PENALTY_TIME parameter and cen be set by the operator. The C2 reselection criteria is reduced by TEMPORARY_OFFSET during this time. When the C2 criterion is employed, a TEMPORARY_OFFSET is typically applied to Lower Layer cells for the period in which they are classified as 'fast' moving. Once a mobile is considered to be 'slow' moving the TEMPORARY_OFFSET can be removed. The use of TEMPORARY_OFFSET (in association with PENALTY_TIME) can therefore be used to encourage 'slow' moving mobiles to re-select Lower Layer cells, whilst discouraging 'fast' moving mobiles from 'camping-on' this cell layer. A TEMPORARY_OFFSET is not typically applied to Upper Layer cells. The value of TEMPORARY_OFFSET should be chosen according to the size of the cell and the cell layers. See also CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND, CELL_RES_OFFSET, PENALTY_TIME. These parameters specify the criteria for cell reselection according to the C2 criteria for GSM phase 2 MS. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
193
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
193 THRES_PC_RLF Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
194
7680 msec = 4 0-15 multiples of 4*480 msec for TCH resp. 4*470.77 msec for SDCCH channels (4 SACCH periods), 0 = disabled LO/UL Threshold for power control concerning radio link failure warning. BTS RADIOLKFAIL
Radio Link: Fail Warning RADIO RLFW During each call, the radiolink (Um) is monitored for successful message decoding on the SACCH. If a single SACCH block could not be decoded a timer (initialised with RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT) is decremented by 1, if it could be decoded it is incremented by 2 not exceeding the threshold given in RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT. If the timer gets equal or lower than THRES_PC_RLF, the 'radio link failure warning' alarm occurs and the transmitter power of both BTS and MS are set to maximum. This procedure becomes important only if neither handover nor power control was able to improve the RX/TX quality for this call before. Formerly: N_BS_TXPWR_M See also RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT (T100) THRES_PC_RLF < RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT (T100) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
194 TIC[TCE_CODE] Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-63 LO/UL TransCoder Equipment (TCE) rack ID. Must match with the site dependent configuration. TCG RACK
Transcoder Id Code: TCE Rack Id TCG TRCID-a The Transcoder Id Code (TIC) consists of the parameters TIC[TCE_CODE], TIC[TCG_CODE], TIC[TCGQ_CODE]. The TIC is used to identify the faulty object in TCE/STF alarms. The BSC maps the TIC to the appropriate TCG/TCB/TRC instance. See also 'TIC[TCG_CODE]' and 'TIC[TCGQ_CODE]' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
195
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
195 TIC[TCG_CODE] Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
196
0-3 LO/UL TransCoder Group (TCG) code. Must match with the site dependent configuration. TCG CODE
Transcoder Id Code: TCG Code TCG TRCID-c The Transcoder Id Code (TIC) consists of the parameters TIC[TCE_CODE], TIC[TCG_CODE], TIC[TCGQ_CODE]. The TIC is used to identify the faulty object in TCE/STF alarms. The BSC maps the TIC to the appropriate TCG/TCB/TRC instance. See also 'TIC[TCE_CODE]' and 'TIC[TCGQ_CODE]' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
196 TIC[TCGQ_CODE] Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
0-2 LO/UL TransCoder Group (TCG) quartet. Must match with the site dependent configuration. TCG QUART
Transcoder Id Code: TCG Quartett TCG TRCID-b The Transcoder Id Code (TIC) consists of the parameters TIC[TCE_CODE], TIC[TCG_CODE], TIC[TCGQ_CODE]. The TIC is used to identify the faulty object in TCE/STF alarms. The BSC maps the TIC to the appropriate TCG/TCB/TRC instance. See also 'TIC[TCE_CODE]' and 'TIC[TCG_CODE]' -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
197
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
197 TOTAL_NUM_Q_PLACE_A VAIL Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
198
5 0-100 LO This attribute is used to set the size of the incoming call queue. The value 0 disables queuing. BTS TOTQUEUE
Queueing: Total Number of Queue Entries / Enable Queueing BTS QUEUEM-a Range:0-30 TCH assignment and handover requests may be queued in the BSS. The queuing is guarded by the timer T11 (MAP-Timer) and T_qho (MAPTimer), respectively. For both, assignment and handover the same queue is used. The parameter TOTAL_NUM_Q_PLACE_AVAIL defines the length of this queue. Setting the length to 0 disables queuing. See also T11 (MAP-Timer), T_qho (MAP-Timer), Q_THRESHOLD_VAL Sales option Queuing has to be enabled within the Local Configuration Area of the BSC (QUEPROV). The serving MSC has also to support Queuing. bts maxQueueLength
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
198 Traffic Slots RT Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Structure Line number: 0 - 31 (BCE), 0 - 127 (BCF); Slot number: 1 - 31 (E1), 1 - 24 (T1) This parameter associates up to two 64 kbit/s time slots in the Abis link between BSC and RT for traffic (TCH) data. RT-LAPD TRAFPCM, TRAFSLOT
Traffic Slot Info: PCM System / Slot Number RT ATSLI-a-b An RT supports up to 8 traffic channels. For each traffic channels a 16 kbit/s subslot must be reserved on the Abis interface, i.e. up to two 64 kbit/s slots are needed. See also 'Serviceprovider L2 (RT)', 'Serviceprovider PPC (RT)' and 'Sign.Slot RT' The line number shall correspond to the value of parameter 'LIC-Input-Line A (n)' of object BTC channel terrTrafChannel
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
199
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
199 Transcoding Capability Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
200
0 (fullRate) 0,2 0 = fullRate, 2 = enhancedFullRate UL Specifies whether the BSC is allowed to support fullrate or enhancedFullRate (depends on transcoder capability). BSC TRANSCODE
BSS Transcoding Capability BSC TRANSCAP Range:FULL = 0, DUAL = 1 -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
200 TRC Input Slot Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Structure Line number: 0 - 31, Slot number: 1 - 31 (E1), 1 - 24 (T1) This parameter specifies line number and the time slot of the A-Interface as seen by the MSC. BSC of type BCE only. TRC INPCM, INSLOT
Input TRC TRCIN-a-b At the MSC the line interfaces are numbered. This parameter specifies the MSC number of the line that is connected to the A-interface side of the TCG and the 64 kbit/s time slot the TRC is connected to. This parameter is not used in the BSS, because the information is implicitly contained in the Circuit Id Code (CIC). -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
201
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
201 TRC Output Slot Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
202
Structure Identification of signalling or traffic slot This parameter specifies the time slot and the E1 link to the M-Interface, i.e. the number of the E1 link as seen by the BSC. TRC OUTPCM, OUTSLOT, OUTSUBSLOT
Output TRC TRCOUTT-a-b-c / TRCOUTS-a-b A transcoder (TRC) output is connected to the BSC via a slot or subslot of an E1 link on the M interface. For traffic channels 16 kbit/s subslots and for signalling channels 64 kbit/s slots are used. The slot is identified by the line number (range: 0 - 31) and slot number (range: 1 - 31). In case of a traffic channel the subslot number (range: 1 4) is given additionally. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
202 TRC Service Provider Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description: Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Full distinguished name of TRC Identifies the TRC which is nailed up for the LINK to carry SS7 signalling. BCF only LINK TRCPROV
TRC Service Provider -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
203
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
203 Trr3 (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
204
24 sec 1s-60s UL Mobile Application Part Timer in BSC - Handover guard timer in the target cell. (Note: This timer is not specified within GSM. It is specified by Lucent). BSC DTCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSS DTC: Trr3 BSC MAPTD-3-b-c Time to receive a successful HO-complete on the new channel. Trr3 is started after sending the Channel Activation to the BTS and stopped on receipt of the HandoverComplete message from MS. On time out of this timer a Clear Request message is sent to the MSC. The timer is not restarted. Related timers: TRR3, TRR8, T8, HO CMPLT CON T102, HO COMPLT NC T202, SUBSQNT INT MSC T104, NTWRK ST NCMSC T204 Too low vales: Result in higher handover drop rate as the target cell is cleared before MS has completed the handover Too high values: Result in higher resource usage in target cell in case of quadruple fault (MS not seizing target cell and not reverting to old cell, T8 in originating cell not expiring, TRR7 in MSC not expiring). T8 >= TRR7 >= Trr3 (MAP-Timer) -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
204 Trr5 (MAP-Timer) Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
4 sec 1s-60s UL Mobile Application Part Timer in BSC - Clear Request guard timer (Note: This timer is not specified within GSM. It is specified by Lucent). BSC DTCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
BSS MAP Timer in BSS DTC: Trr5 BSC MAPTD-5-b-c If the radio communication breaks down on one channel, a 'Clear Request' is sent to MSC and this timer is started. When the 'Clear Command' is received, the timer is stopped. On first time out the Clear Request is repeated and timer TRR5 is restarted. On second time a SCCP Released message is sent to the MSC. Too low values: Increased message rate on A interface. Unnecessary escalation of clear procedure to SCCP release procedure. Too high values: Resources are unnecessarily occupied in case of MSC fault (MSC not responding to Clear Request message). TRR5 > time needed by MSC to respond to Clear Request. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
205
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
205 TSC Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
206
0-7 LO This parameter specifies which of 8 possible training sequences will be included in normal bursts or dummy bursts. RT TSC
Training Sequence Code RT TSC A fixed bit pattern (26 bits) positioned in the middle of a burst. The MS uses this pattern to synchronise to the network and for error control. The bit pattern is related to the BCC (base station colour code). For broadcast (BCCH) and common control channels (PCH and AGCH) the TSC is required to be equal to the BCC. The BTS secures this by ignoring the parameter TSC and automatically using the BCC. See also: BCC (in BSIC) For broadcast (BCCH) and common control channels (PCH and AGCH) the BSS will automatically use the BCC. In this case the OMC specified TSC value will be ignored, but still be displayed on the OMC. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
206 TX_INTEGER Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
50 time slots = 15 0-15 0 = 3 time slots, .., 9 = 12, 10 = 14, 11 = 16, 12 = 20, 13 = 25, 14 = 32, 15 = 50 LO/UL This attribute indicates the maximum number of RACH timeslots the MS waits before it retries to access the system BTS NOSLOTTRSP
No. of Slots Spread Transmission CELL NRSST When a MS tries to access a system it sends an access request on the Random Access Channel (RACH). The MS waits a certain time for an answer. If no answer is receipt during this time, e.g. because another MS had sent an access request at the same time, the MS tries another access request. The maximal number of retries is given with parameter MAX_RETRANS. The number of timeslots (TDMA frames) between two successive channel request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new transmission with uniform probability destribution in the value range S to S+T-1. Here T is the number of timeslots given by TX-INTEGER and S is depending on the CCCH configuration and on T as defined below: S = 55 (41) if T has one of the values 3, 8, 14, 50 S = 76 (52) if T has one of the values 4, 9, 16 S = 109 (58) if T has one of the values 5, 10, 20 S = 163 (86) if T has one of the values 6, 11, 25 S = 217 (115) if T has one of the values 7, 12, 32 The value for S given outside of the parenthesis is in case of a non combined CCH whereas the value inside is in case of a combined CCH/SDCCH. bts noOfSlotsSpreadTrans
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
207
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
207 U_RXLEV_DL_P Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
208
GSM900: 35; GSM1800: 37 0-63 -110 + U_RXLEV_DL_P dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than 48 dBm) LO/UL Upper signal level threshold for downlink power control. POWER URXLEVDLP
Signal Strength: Downlink Power Reduction PC SSDL-b A power decrease is carried out on the downlink if the averaged measurement value RXLEV_DL is higher than the threshold U_RXLEV_DL_P. The power decrease is not done if the signal quality leads to power increase. POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE should be chosen smaller than the range between the upper and lower power control boundaries. See also L_RXLEV_DL_P, EN_BS_PC L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P U_RXLEV_DL_P - L_RXLEV_DL_P > POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE powerControlGSM0508 pcUpperThresholdLevParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
208 U_RXLEV_UL_P Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
-80 dBm = 30 0-63 -110 + U_RXLEV_UL_P dBm (0 = less than -110 dBm, 63 = greater than 48 dBm) LO/UL Upper signal level threshold for uplink power control. POWER URXLEVULP
Signal Strength: Uplink Power Reduction PC SSUL-b A power decrease is carried out on the uplink if the averaged measurement value RXLEV_UL is higher than the threshold U_RXLEV_UL_P. The power decrease is not done if the signal quality leads to power increase. POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE should be chosen smaller than the range between the upper and lower power control boundaries. See also L_RXLEV_UL_P, EN_MS_PC L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P U_RXLEV_UL_P - L_RXLEV_UL_P > POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE powerControlGSM0508 pcUpperThresholdLevParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
209
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
209 U_RXQUAL_DL_P Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
210
1: 0.2% to 0.4% 0-7 0: Bit Error Rate (BER) less than 0.2%, 1: 0.2% to 0.4%, 2: 0.4% to 0.8%, 3: 0.8% to 1.6%, 4: 1.6% to 3.2%, 5: 3.2% to 6.4%, 6: 6.4% to 12.8%, 7: greater than 12.8% LO/UL Upper signal quality threshold for downlink power control. POWER URXQUALDLP
Signal Quality: Downlink Power Reduction PC SQDL-b A power decrease is carried out on the downlink if the averaged measurement value RXQUAL_DL is better than the threshold U_RXQUAL_DL_P. The power decrease is not done if the signal level leads to power increase. Note that a low value stands for a high quality (i.e. low Bit Error Rate (BER)). See also L_RXQUAL_DL_P, EN_BS_PC, L_RXQUAL_DL_H U_RXQUAL_DL_P shall be set to a higher quality than L_RXQUAL_DL_H, i.e. U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_H U_RXQUAL_DL_P shall be set to a higher quality than L_RXQUAL_DL_P, i.e. U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P powerControlGSM0508 pcUpperThresholdQualParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
210 U_RXQUAL_UL_P Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics:
Modification State: Short Description: OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency:
GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
1: 0.2% to 0.4% 0-7 0: Bit Error Rate (BER) less than 0.2%, 1: 0.2% to 0.4%, 2: 0.4% to 0.8%, 3: 0.8% to 1.6%, 4: 1.6% to 3.2%, 5: 3.2% to 6.4%, 6: 6.4% to 12.8%, 7: greater than 12.8% LO/UL Upper signal quality threshold for uplink power control. POWER URXQUALULP
Signal Quality: Uplink Power Reduction PC SQUL-b A power decrease is carried out on the uplink if the averaged measurement value RXQUAL_UL is better than the threshold U_RXQUAL_UL_P. The power decrease is not done if the signal level leads to power increase. Note that a low value stands for a high quality (i.e. low Bit Error Rate (BER)). See also L_RXQUAL_UL_P, EN_MS_PC, L_RXQUAL_UL_H U_RXQUAL_UL_P shall be set to a higher quality than L_RXQUAL_UL_H, i.e. U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_H U_RXQUAL_UL_P shall be set to a higher quality than L_RXQUAL_UL_P, i.e. U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P powerControlGSM0508 pcUpperThresholdQualParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
211
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
211 UMBRELLA_MICRO_HYST Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
212
5dB = 5 0-31 0-31dB LO/UL Hysteresis value used as part of the 'layer down receive level', TH5 condition for initiating a 'layer down' handover from an upper (Upper or Middle) to a lower (Middle or Lower) layer cell. HOCTRL UMBHYST
Umbrella Cell Hysteresis HO HOUMBRCELL-a The UMBRELLA_MICRO_HYST parameter can be used to influence the receive level 'entry threshold' to lower layer cells before a 'layer down' handover can be executed. After channel allocation on a SDCCH of a Middle or Upper Layer cell the duration of stay of the MS in the coverage area of a lower layer NC is measured using the Cdosnc(n) counter. The Cdosnc(n) counter is incremented by 1 if the averaged receive level for a particular lower layer cell is greater than the TH5 condition, defined by; AV_RXLEV_NCELL_S(n) > RXLEV_MIN(n) + TH5(n) Where; TH5 = UMBRELLA_MICRO_HYST + 2*MAX(0,P-MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)) Otherwise it is decremented by 1. The counter is also decremented by 1 if no rxlev measurements are received for that SACCH frame. If the duration of stay in a lower layer NC, Cdosnc(n), reaches its threshold defined by C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO a 'layer down' handover is triggered. See also CELL_TYPE, CELL_TYPE_NC, C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO, C_MICRO_HO and C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
212 W_QUAL_HO Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
Version 2.0 - October 2000
1 1-3 LO/UL The weighting factor is applied to handover control signal quality measurements to account for effects of DTX (discontinuous transmission) during averaging process. HOCTRL WQUALHO
Signal Quality: Weighting Factor HO HOCSQ-d This parameter specifies the weight of full-set quality measurements with respect to sub-set quality measurements in the averaging process. The effective averaging period is reduced by the weighting factor if DTX is not active. W_QUAL_HO and A_QUAL_HO should be considered together to get a meaningful averaging period. The recommended default value applies for disabled DTX. With DTX enabled the weighting factor for Full measurements should be set to 2. To get a effective window size of 4 the recommended default value for A_QUAL_HO with DTX enabled is 8. See also EN_RXQUAL_HO, A_QUAL_HO, DTX, Downlink DTX Speech, Downlink DTX Data handoverControlGSM0508 hoAveragingQualParam
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
213
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
213 W_QUAL_PC Recommended Default Value: Range: Range Semantics: Modification State: Short Description:
OMC Object: OMC AUI: OMC GUI: Bosch OMC Object: Bosch OMC AUI: Bosch OMC Comments: Long Description:
Dependency: GSM 12.20 Class: GSM 12.20 Attribute:
214
1 1-3 LO/UL The weighting factor is applied to power control signal quality measurements to account for effects of DTX (discontinuous transmission) during averaging process. POWER WQUALPC
Signal Quality: Weighting Factor PC SQWF This parameter specifies the weight of full-set quality measurements with respect to sub-set quality measurements in the averaging process. The effective averaging period is reduced by the weighting factor if DTX (discontinuous transmission) is not active. If DTX is used, the power measurements are not very reliable. W_QUAL_PC and A_QUAL_PC should be considered together to get a meaningful averaging period. -
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
214 ANNEX A A.1 Mapping: Object/AUI -> GUI and GSM Name Object AUI ACC / accCard ROMMODNAME, ROMREVCODE, ROMUPDTIME, TYPE ACCE1PORT CLKSOURCE ACCE1PORT DATAENCODE ACCE1PORT FRAMEMODE ACCE1PORT PORTMODE ADJCELL BCCH ADJCELL BSIDBCC ADJCELL BSIDNCC ADJCELL CELLID ADJCELL CELLTYPE ADJCELL HOMGRN ADJCELL LAIDLAC ADJCELL LAIDMCC ADJCELL LAIDMNC ADJCELL LINKFACT ADJCELL MSTXMAX ADJCELL RXMIN ADJCELL SYNCID ADJCELL TIMEADV ADJRES BCCH BCON E1ALLOC BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC DTCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC DTCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC DTCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC MEMAVAIL BSC PLMN BSC PREFCELLS BSC TRANSCODE BTC CLKINP0, CLKINP1 BTC LIC0, LIC1 BTC LICALRMMSK0, LICALRMMSK1 BTC LICFEP0, LICFEP1 BTC PCMPORTA0, PCMPORTA1 BTC PCMPORTB0, PCMPORTB1 BTC RACK0, RACK1 BTC-ARU ALRMSTATEx BTC-ARU ERRORIDx BTC-ARU HYSTTIMEx BTC-ARU SCANPOINTx BTC-LAPD ABISSPL2SP BTC-LAPD ABISSPPGID
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GUI GSM Name Interface Card Type, ROM Update Time, ROM ACC Card Version Module Name, ROM Revision Code Clock Source Data Encoding Frame Mode Port Mode BCCH Frequency BS Identity Code: BCC BS Identity Code: NCC Cell Global Identity: Cell Identification Cell Type Handover Margin Cell Global Identity: Location Area: LAC Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MCC Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MNC Link Factor MS Tx Power Maximum Cell MS Rx Level Minimum Cell Synchronized / Synch Identification Predict Time Advance BCCH Frequency Available E1 Allocation Port BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T1 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T10 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T11 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T13 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T17 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T18 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T19 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T4 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T7 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T8 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: Tqho BSS MAP Timer in BSS DTC: TIho BSS MAP Timer in BSS DTC: Trr3 BSS MAP Timer in BSS DTC: Trr5 Memory Available PLMN Permitted Number of Preferred Cells BSS Transcoding Capability LIC Data: Clocking Input LIC Data: Lic Number LIC Data: Alarm Mask
ACC Clock Source ACC Data Encoding ACC Frame Mode ACC Port Mode ARFCN_NC(n) BCC_NC(n) NCC_NC(n) CI_NC(n) CELL_TYPE_NC(n) HO_MARGIN(0,n) LAC_NC(n) MCC_NC(n) MNC_NC(n) LINKfactor(0,n) MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) RXLEV_MIN(n) SYNC_NC(n,0) PTA_HO(n,0) BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n) E1Allocation(BCON) T1 (MAP-Timer) T10 (MAP-Timer) T11 (MAP-Timer) T13 (MAP-Timer) T17 (MAP-Timer) T18 (MAP-Timer) T19 (MAP-Timer) T4 (MAP-Timer) T7 (MAP-Timer) T8 (MAP-Timer) T_qho (MAP-Timer) T7_IHO Trr3 (MAP-Timer) Trr5 (MAP-Timer) Memory Availability PLMN_PERMITTED n (N_TARGET_CELL) Transcoding Capability LIC-Clock-Input (n) LIC-Number (n) LIC-Alarm Mask (n)
LIC Data: Front End Point LIC Data: PCM Port A
LIC-Position (n) LIC-Input-Line A (n)
LIC Data: PCM Port B
LIC-Input-Line B (n)
LIC Data: Rack Number Alarm State Error Id Hysteresis Time Input Point ABIS SigSlot Info: EXTC ID ABIS SigSlot Info: PG ID
LIC-Rack (n) Alarm State (n) Ext. Error Id (n) Input Hysterese (n) Input Point Adr (n) Serviceprovider L2 (BTC) Serviceprovider PPC (BTC)
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
215
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
Object BTC-LAPD BTS BTS BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS
AUI SIGPCM, SIGSLOT ACCCLASSBAR
GUI ABIS SigSlot Info: PCM System / Slot Number Access Class Overload Control: Barring Enabled ACCESSCLASS Not Allowed Access Classes AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) (i.e. Air Timer: T3101 AIRTIMERV1, AIRTIMERU1) AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) (i.e. Air Timer: T3111 AIRTIMERV11, AIRTIMERU11) AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) (i.e. Air Timer: T3107 AIRTIMERV7, AIRTIMERU7) AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) (i.e. Air Timer: T3109 AIRTIMERV9, AIRTIMERU9) BARSEQ10_15 Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Bar Sequence BARSTEP0_9 Access Class Overload Control: Classes 0 to 9: Bar Step Size BARSTEP10_15 Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Bar Step Size BCCH BCCH Frequency BLKACCGRNT No. of Blocks For Access Grant BSIDBCC BS Identity Code: BCC BSIDNCC BS Identity Code: NCC C2ENABLE Cell Reselection: C2 Criterion Call Reestablishment Allowed CCCH Combined with SDCCH Cell Allocation Cell Barred Cell Reselection: Cell Bar Qualify Cell Global Identity: Cell Identification Cell Reselection: Cell Offset Cell Reselect Hysteresis Cell Type DTX: Uplink DTX: Downlink Data DTX: Downlink Speech Hopping Mode Timer Periodic Update MS Cell Global Identity: Location Area: LAC Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MCC Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MNC Load Indication Enabled Max Number Retransmission MS Tx Power Maximum CCH Multiband Reporting No. Of Multiframes Between Paging Number of CCCH No. of Slots Spread Transmission Cell Reselection: Penalty Time BTS Position, Predecessor Cell
BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS
CALLREESTB CCCHWSDCH CELLALLOC CELLBAR CELLBARQ CELLID CELLOFF CELLRESELHYST CELLTYPE DTX DTXDATA DTXSP HOPMODE INTVMSLOCUPD LAIDLAC LAIDMCC LAIDMNC LOADIND MAXRETRAN MSTXMAXCCH MULTIBREP MULTIFRMPG NOCCCH NOSLOTTRSP PENTIME PRDBTSUNDEF, PRDBTS PRDCCCHLDIND QUEUETHRESH RACHBUSYSLOT RACHBUSYTH RADIOLKFAIL RADIOLKTO
BTS BTS BTS BTS
RBSTYPE RXLEVACC TEMPOFF THRCCCHLDIND
RBS Type Rx Level Access Minimum Cell Reselection: Temporary Offset Threshold CCCH Load Indication
BTS
TMINCFG
Emergency Configuration Timer
216
Period CCCH Load Indication Queueing: Threshold Queue Entries RACH Load Averaging Slots RACH Busy Threshold Radio Link: Fail Warning Radio Link: Timeout
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
GSM Name Sign.-Slot BTC EN_ACC_BARRING AC_CN T3101 (Um-Timer)
T3111 (Um-Timer)
T3107 (Um-Timer)
T3109 (Um-Timer)
Barring Sequence M1 N1 BCCH_FREQ BS_AG_BLKS_RES BCC (in BSIC) NCC (in BSIC) CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_I ND RE CCCH_COMB_WITH_SDCCH CA_ARFCN CELL_BAR_ACCESS CELL_BAR_QUALIFY CI (in CGI) CELL_RES_OFFSET CELL_RESELECT_HYST. CELL_TYPE DTX Downlink DTX Data Downlink DTX Speech Hopping Mode T3212 LAC (in LAI) MCC (in LAI) MNC (in LAI) EN_CCCH_LOAD_IND MAX_RETRANS MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MULTIBAND_REPORTING BS_PA_MFRMS No. of CCCH TX_INTEGER PENALTY_TIME BTS-Abis-Position CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD Q_THRESHOLD_VAL RACH_MEAS_PERIOD RACH_BUSY_THRES THRES_PC_RLF RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT (T100) RBS-Type RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN TEMPORARY_OFFSET CCCH Load Ind. Threshold (PAGING_LOAD_THR) T_MK
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
Object BTS BTS BTS BTS CCG CCG CCG CHN CHN CHN EXTC EXTC FH FH HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL LINK LINK LINK LINK LSET LSET MCON OPC OPC PG PG PG PG
AUI TOTQUEUE
GUI Queueing: Total Number of Queue Entries / Enable Queueing UNBARSTEP0_9 Access Class Overload Control: Classes 0 to 9: Unbar Step Size UNBARSTEP10_15 Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Unbar Step Size WIMSIATTDET Allow IMSI Attach Detach CLKSRC Clock Source ISSYNC, SYNCHRON Master/Slave Mode, Sync Delay RDTCLKSRC Redundant Clock Source CHANTYPE Channel Type FREQHOPREL Frequency Usage PCM, SLOT, SUBSLOT0 ABIS TCH Slot Info CARDTYPE EXTC Type PMCID PMC Allocation ALLOCFREQ Mobile Allocation HOPSEQNO Hopping Sequence Number ALEVHO Signal Strength: Averaging Period AQUALHO Signal Quality: Averaging Period DISTAVGPER Distance: Averaging Period FREEFAC Cell Order Criterion: Free Factor FREELEV Cell Order Criterion: Free Level IAPERIOD Interference Averaging: Period IATHRESH0 Interference Averaging: Thresholds IATHRESH4 IDLECHNSUPV Enable Idle Channel Supervision INCOMHO Enable Handover: Incoming INTERDEC Enable Handover: Intercell Decision INTERHO Enable Handover: Internal Inter-Cell INTRAHO Enable Handover: Internal Intra-Cell LOADREG Enable Handover: Load Regard LOWSLOW HO from Lower Cell/for Slower MS LRXLEVDLH Signal Strength: Lower Downlink Limit LRXLEVULH Signal Strength: Lower Uplink Limit LRXQUALDLH Signal Quality: Lower Downlink Limit LRXQUALULH Signal Quality: Lower Uplink Limit MICROTHRESH HO to Higher Cell/for Faster MS MSDITPROC Enable Handover: Optional MS Distance MSRANGEMX Distance: MS Range Maximum MSTXMAXTCH MS Tx Power Maximum PWRACAVG Adjacent Cell Averaging Period PWRBGAVG Power Budget Averaging Period PWRBGHO Enable Handover: Optional Power Budget RXLEVDLIH Signal Strength: Downlink Limit RXLEVHO Enable Handover: Rx Level RXLEVULIH Signal Strength: Uplink Limit RXQUALHO Enable Handover: Rx Quality SDCCHHO Enable Handover: SDCCH SDCCHTCHHO Enable Handover: SDCCHTCH TIMSDCCHHO SDCCH HO Time Allowed UMBHYST Umbrella Cell Hysteresis UMBTHRESH Umbrella Cell Threshold WQUALHO Signal Quality: Weighting Factor SLC Signalling Link Code SLCDN SLC Service Provider: SLC Id STCDN SLC Service Provider: STC Id TRCPROV TRC Service Provider DPC Signaling Point Code NI Network Indicator E1ALLOC Available E1 Allocation Port NI Network Indicator OPC Signaling Point Code MINRSVDTS Min Reserved Signal Timeslots PGTYPE PG Type PMCID PMC Allocation SERVERNAME, Server Allocation E1PORTx
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
GSM Name TOTAL_NUM_Q_PLACE_AVA IL M2 N2 ATT Clock_Source Fis_Syn_Delay Clock_Source (Redundant) CH_TYPE Assoc. FH-System Radio-/Terr. Link Asc. EXTC-Type PMC Allocation (EXTC) MA_ARFCN HSN A_LEV_HO A_QUAL_HO A_DIST_HO FREEfactor_X (X=1..5) FREElevel_X (X=1..4) INTAVE INT_BOUND_X EN_RF_RES_IND EN_INCOM_HO EN_BSS_HO EN_INTER_HO EN_INTRA_HO EN_LOAD_REGARD C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO L_RXLEV_DL_H L_RXLEV_UL_H L_RXQUAL_DL_H L_RXQUAL_UL_H C_MICRO_HO EN_DIST_HO MS_DIST_MAX MS_TXPWR_MAX A_LEV_NC A_PBGT_HO EN_PBGT_HO RXLEV_DL_IH EN_RXLEV_HO RXLEV_UL_IH EN_RXQUAL_HO EN_SDCCH_HO EN_SDCCH_TCH_HO T_SDCCH_HO_ALLOWED UMBRELLA_MICRO_HYST C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO W_QUAL_HO Signalling Link Code Link Servicepr. SLC Link Servicepr. STC TRC Service Provider SPC_MSC NI_MSC E1Allocation(MCON) NI_BSC SPC_BSC SigSlotsReserved PG-Type PMC Allocation (PG) ServerAllocation
217
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
Object POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER RT RT RT RT RT RT RT RT RT RT-LAPD RT-LAPD RT-LAPD RT-LAPD SDFU/TCU
AUI ACKTIMEPWRCTRL ALEVPC AQUALPC BSRFPWR BSTXPWRRED LRXLEVDLP LRXLEVULP LRXQUALDLP LRXQUALULP MINTIMBETPWRCTRL PWRCTRLMS PWRINCRSTEP PWRREDSTEP URXLEVDLP URXLEVULP URXQUALDLP URXQUALULP WQUALPC BACKUP DIVERSITY EMERGENCYRT FHE GETUSAGE-RT INITFREQ RACKNO SHELFNO TSC ABISSPL2SP ABISSPPGID SIGPCM, SI GSLOT TRAFPCM, TRAFSLOT BOARDTYPE, FWSERIES, FWVER, SERIALNO, PACKID, ARTMASTER, HWSERIES, HWVER SDFUE1PORT ACCE1 SDFUE1PORT CRC4 SDFUE1PORT TYPE SDU BADSEC SDU HIGHTHR SDU LOWTHR SDU NRSEC SERVER IPADDR TCG CODE TCG PGID TCG QUART TCG RACK TRC CIDCPCM, CIDCTS TRC INPCM, INSLOT TRC OUTPCM, OUTSLOT, OUTSUBSLOT
GUI Power Control Acknowledge Time Signal Strength: Averaging Signal Quality: Averaging Enable BS RF Power Control BS Tx Power Reduction Signal Strength: Downlink Power Increase Signal Strength: Uplink Power Increase Signal Quality: Downlink Power Increase Signal Quality: Uplink Power Increase Power Control Interval Enable MS RF Power Control MS Tx Power Increase MS Tx Power Reduction Signal Strength: Downlink Power Reduction Signal Strength: Uplink Power Reduction Signal Quality: Downlink Power Reduction Signal Quality: Uplink Power Reduction Signal Quality: Weighting Factor Backup Capability Diversity Emergency RT FHE Slice Address Channel Usage Initial Frequency Location: Rack No. Location: Shelf No. Training Sequence Code ABIS SigSlot Info: EXTC ID ABIS SigSlot Info: PG ID ABIS SigSlot Info: PCM System / Slot Num ber Traffic Slot Info: PCM System / Slot Number Board Type, Firmware Series, Firmware Version, Serial Number, Pack Identifier, Art Master, Hardware Series, Hardware Version
GSM Name P_CON_ACK A_LEV_PC A_QUAL_PC EN_BS_PC BS_TXPWR_RED L_RXLEV_DL_P L_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXQUAL_DL_P L_RXQUAL_UL_P P_CON_INTERVAL EN_MS_PC POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE POW_RED_STEP_SIZE U_RXLEV_DL_P U_RXLEV_UL_P U_RXQUAL_DL_P U_RXQUAL_UL_P W_QUAL_PC Backup Capability Diversity Indication NS_TRX FHE Slice Address Channel-Usage INIT_FREQ RT Rack Id. RT Shelf Id. TSC Serviceprovider L2 (RT) Serviceprovider PPC (RT) Sign.-Slot RT Traffic Slots RT SDFU/TCU Version
Connected ACC E1 CRC4 Framing E1 Port Type Percentage Bad Sectors Sector Threshold High Sector Threshold Low No. of 'kilo' Sectors IP Address Transcoder Id Code: TCG Code PCM Service Provider: PG Id Transcoder Id Code: TCG Quartett Transcoder Id Code: TCE Rack Id Circuit Id: PCM, TS Input Output
Connected ACC E1 CRC 4 Framing E1 Port Type SDU bad sectors SDU higher threshold SDU lower threshold SDU No. of sectors IP Address TIC[TCG_CODE] Serviceprovider PG (TCG) TIC[TCGQ_CODE] TIC[TCE_CODE] Circuit Id Code CIC TRC Input Slot TRC Output Slot
218
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
A.2 Mapping: Object/GUI -> AUI and GSM Name Object GUI AUI ACC / accCard Interface Card Type, ROM Update Time, ROM ROMMODNAME, Module Name, ROM Revision Code ROMREVCODE, ROMUPDTIME, TYPE ACCE1PORT Clock Source CLKSOURCE ACCE1PORT Data Encoding DATAENCODE ACCE1PORT Frame Mode FRAMEMODE ACCE1PORT Port Mode PORTMODE ADJCELL BCCH Frequency BCCH ADJCELL BS Identity Code: BCC BSIDBCC ADJCELL BS Identity Code: NCC BSIDNCC ADJCELL Cell Global Identity: Cell Identification CELLID ADJCELL Cell Global Identity: Location Area: LAC LAIDLAC ADJCELL Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MCC LAIDMCC ADJCELL Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MNC LAIDMNC ADJCELL Cell Type CELLTYPE ADJCELL Handover Margin HOMGRN ADJCELL Link Factor LINKFACT ADJCELL MS Rx Level Minimum Cell RXMIN ADJCELL MS Tx Power Maximum Cell MSTXMAX ADJCELL Predict Time Advance TIMEADV ADJCELL Synchronized / Synch Identification SYNCID ADJRES BCCH Frequency BCCH BCON Available E1 Allocation Port E1ALLOC BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T1 BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T10 BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T11 BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T13 BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T17 BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T18 BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T19 BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T4 BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T7 BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T8 BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSC: Tqho BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSS DTC: TIho DTCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSS DTC: Trr3 DTCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS MAP Timer in BSS DTC: Trr5 DTCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSC BSS Transcoding Capability TRANSCODE BSC Memory Available MEMAVAIL BSC Number of Preferred Cells PREFCELLS BSC PLMN Permitted PLMN BTC LIC Data: Alarm Mask LICALRMMSK0, LICALRMMSK1 BTC LIC Data: Clocking Input CLKINP0, CLKINP1 BTC LIC Data: Front End Point LICFEP0, LICFEP1 BTC LIC Data: Lic Number LIC0, LIC1 BTC LIC Data: PCM Port A PCMPORTA0, PCMPORTA1 BTC LIC Data: PCM Port B PCMPORTB0, PCMPORTB1 BTC LIC Data: Rack Number RACK0, RACK1 BTC-ARU Alarm State ALRMSTATEx BTC-ARU Error Id ERRORIDx BTC-ARU Hysteresis Time HYSTTIMEx BTC-ARU Input Point SCANPOINTx BTC-LAPD ABIS SigSlot Info: EXTC ID ABISSPL2SP BTC-LAPD ABIS SigSlot Info: PCM System / Slot Number SIGPCM, SIGSLOT BTC-LAPD ABIS SigSlot Info: PG ID ABISSPPGID BTS Access Class Overload Control: Barring ACCCLASSBAR Enabled BTS Access Class Overload Control: Classes 0 to BARSTEP0_9 9: Bar Step Size
Version 2.0 - October 2000
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
GSM Name ACC Card Version
ACC Clock Source ACC Data Encoding ACC Frame Mode ACC Port Mode ARFCN_NC(n) BCC_NC(n) NCC_NC(n) CI_NC(n) LAC_NC(n) MCC_NC(n) MNC_NC(n) CELL_TYPE_NC(n) HO_MARGIN(0,n) LINKfactor(0,n) RXLEV_MIN(n) MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) PTA_HO(n,0) SYNC_NC(n,0) BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n) E1Allocation(BCON) T1 (MAP-Timer) T10 (MAP-Timer) T11 (MAP-Timer) T13 (MAP-Timer) T17 (MAP-Timer) T18 (MAP-Timer) T19 (MAP-Timer) T4 (MAP-Timer) T7 (MAP-Timer) T8 (MAP-Timer) T_qho (MAP-Timer) T7_IHO Trr3 (MAP-Timer) Trr5 (MAP-Timer) Transcoding Capability Memory Availability n (N_TARGET_CELL) PLMN_PERMITTED LIC-Alarm Mask (n) LIC-Clock-Input (n) LIC-Position (n) LIC-Number (n) LIC-Input-Line A (n) LIC-Input-Line B (n) LIC-Rack (n) Alarm State (n) Ext. Error Id (n) Input Hysterese (n) Input Point Adr (n) Serviceprovider L2 (BTC) Sign.-Slot BTC Serviceprovider PPC (BTC) EN_ACC_BARRING M1
219
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
Object BTS
BTS
GUI Access Class Overload Control: Classes 0 to 9: Unbar Step Size Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Bar Sequence Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Bar Step Size Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Unbar Step Size Air Timer: T3101
BTS
Air Timer: T3107
BTS
Air Timer: T3109
BTS
Air Timer: T3111
BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS
Allow IMSI Attach Detach BCCH Frequency BS Identity Code: BCC BS Identity Code: NCC BTS Position, Predecessor Cell
BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS
Call Reestablishment Allowed CCCH Combined with SDCCH Cell Allocation Cell Barred Cell Global Identity: Cell Identification Cell Global Identity: Location Area: LAC Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MCC Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MNC Cell Reselect Hysteresis Cell Reselection: C2 Criterion
BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS
CELLBARQ CELLOFF PENTIME TEMPOFF CELLTYPE DTXDATA DTXSP DTX TMINCFG HOPMODE LOADIND MAXRETRAN MSTXMAXCCH MULTIBREP BLKACCGRNT MULTIFRMPG NOSLOTTRSP ACCESSCLASS NOCCCH PRDCCCHLDIND QUEUETHRESH TOTQUEUE
BTS BTS BTS BTS
Cell Reselection: Cell Bar Qualify Cell Reselection: Cell Offset Cell Reselection: Penalty Time Cell Reselection: Temporary Offset Cell Type DTX: Downlink Data DTX: Downlink Speech DTX: Uplink Emergency Configuration Timer Hopping Mode Load Indication Enabled Max Number Retransmission MS Tx Power Maximum CCH Multiband Reporting No. of Blocks For Access Grant No. Of Multiframes Between Paging No. of Slots Spread Transmission Not Allowed Access Classes Number of CCCH Period CCCH Load Indication Queueing: Threshold Queue Entries Queueing: Total Number of Queue Entries / Enable Queueing RACH Busy Threshold RACH Load Averaging Slots Radio Link: Fail Warning Radio Link: Timeout
BTS BTS
RBS Type Rx Level Access Minimum
RBSTYPE RXLEVACC
BTS BTS BTS
220
AUI UNBARSTEP0_9
M2
BARSEQ10_15
Barring Sequence
BARSTEP10_15
N1
UNBARSTEP10_15
N2
AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) AIRTIMERV1, AIRTIMERU1) AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) AIRTIMERV7, AIRTIMERU7) AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) AIRTIMERV9, AIRTIMERU9) AIRTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) AIRTIMERV11, AIRTIMERU11) WIMSIATTDET BCCH BSIDBCC BSIDNCC PRDBTSUNDEF, PRDBTS CALLREESTB CCCHWSDCH CELLALLOC CELLBAR CELLID LAIDLAC LAIDMCC LAIDMNC CELLRESELHYST C2ENABLE
RACHBUSYTH RACHBUSYSLOT RADIOLKFAIL RADIOLKTO
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
GSM Name
(i.e. T3101 (Um-Timer)
(i.e. T3107 (Um-Timer)
(i.e. T3109 (Um-Timer)
(i.e. T3111 (Um-Timer)
ATT BCCH_FREQ BCC (in BSIC) NCC (in BSIC) BTS-Abis-Position RE CCCH_COMB_WITH_SDCCH CA_ARFCN CELL_BAR_ACCESS CI (in CGI) LAC (in LAI) MCC (in LAI) MNC (in LAI) CELL_RESELECT_HYST. CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_I ND CELL_BAR_QUALIFY CELL_RES_OFFSET PENALTY_TIME TEMPORARY_OFFSET CELL_TYPE Downlink DTX Data Downlink DTX Speech DTX T_MK Hopping Mode EN_CCCH_LOAD_IND MAX_RETRANS MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MULTIBAND_REPORTING BS_AG_BLKS_RES BS_PA_MFRMS TX_INTEGER AC_CN No. of CCCH CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD Q_THRESHOLD_VAL TOTAL_NUM_Q_PLACE_AVA IL RACH_BUSY_THRES RACH_MEAS_PERIOD THRES_PC_RLF RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT (T100) RBS-Type RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
Object BTS
GUI Threshold CCCH Load Indication
BTS CCG CCG CCG CHN CHN CHN EXTC EXTC FH FH HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL
Timer Periodic Update MS Clock Source Master/Slave Mode, Sync Delay Redundant Clock Source ABIS TCH Slot Info Channel Type Frequency Usage EXTC Type PMC Allocation Hopping Sequence Number Mobile Allocation Adjacent Cell Averaging Period Cell Order Criterion: Free Factor Cell Order Criterion: Free Level Distance: Averaging Period Distance: MS Range Maximum Enable Handover: Incoming Enable Handover: Intercell Decision Enable Handover: Internal Inter-Cell Enable Handover: Internal Intra-Cell Enable Handover: Load Regard Enable Handover: Optional MS Distance Enable Handover: Optional Power Budget Enable Handover: Rx Level Enable Handover: Rx Quality Enable Handover: SDCCH Enable Handover: SDCCHTCH Enable Idle Channel Supervision HO from Lower Cell/for Slower MS HO to Higher Cell/for Faster MS Interference Averaging: Period Interference Averaging: Thresholds
HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL LINK LINK LINK LINK LSET LSET MCON OPC OPC PG PG PG PG
MS Tx Power Maximum Power Budget Averaging Period SDCCH HO Time Allowed Signal Quality: Averaging Period Signal Quality: Lower Downlink Limit Signal Quality: Lower Uplink Limit Signal Quality: Weighting Factor Signal Strength: Averaging Period Signal Strength: Downlink Limit Signal Strength: Lower Downlink Limit Signal Strength: Lower Uplink Limit Signal Strength: Uplink Limit Umbrella Cell Hysteresis Umbrella Cell Threshold Signalling Link Code SLC Service Provider: SLC Id SLC Service Provider: STC Id TRC Service Provider Network Indicator Signaling Point Code Available E1 Allocation Port Network Indicator Signaling Point Code Min Reserved Signal Timeslots PG Type PMC Allocation Server Allocation
POWER POWER POWER POWER
BS Tx Power Reduction Enable BS RF Power Control Enable MS RF Power Control MS Tx Power Increase
Version 2.0 - October 2000
AUI THRCCCHLDIND
GSM Name CCCH Load Ind. Threshold (PAGING_LOAD_THR) INTVMSLOCUPD T3212 CLKSRC Clock_Source ISSYNC, SYNCHRON Fis_Syn_Delay RDTCLKSRC Clock_Source (Redundant) PCM, SLOT, SUBSLOT0 Radio-/Terr. Link Asc. CHANTYPE CH_TYPE FREQHOPREL Assoc. FH-System CARDTYPE EXTC-Type PMCID PMC Allocation (EXTC) HOPSEQNO HSN ALLOCFREQ MA_ARFCN PWRACAVG A_LEV_NC FREEFAC FREEfactor_X (X=1..5) FREELEV FREElevel_X (X=1..4) DISTAVGPER A_DIST_HO MSRANGEMX MS_DIST_MAX INCOMHO EN_INCOM_HO INTERDEC EN_BSS_HO INTERHO EN_INTER_HO INTRAHO EN_INTRA_HO LOADREG EN_LOAD_REGARD MSDITPROC EN_DIST_HO PWRBGHO EN_PBGT_HO RXLEVHO EN_RXLEV_HO RXQUALHO EN_RXQUAL_HO SDCCHHO EN_SDCCH_HO SDCCHTCHHO EN_SDCCH_TCH_HO IDLECHNSUPV EN_RF_RES_IND LOWSLOW C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO MICROTHRESH C_MICRO_HO IAPERIOD INTAVE IATHRESH0 INT_BOUND_X IATHRESH4 MSTXMAXTCH MS_TXPWR_MAX PWRBGAVG A_PBGT_HO TIMSDCCHHO T_SDCCH_HO_ALLOWED AQUALHO A_QUAL_HO LRXQUALDLH L_RXQUAL_DL_H LRXQUALULH L_RXQUAL_UL_H WQUALHO W_QUAL_HO ALEVHO A_LEV_HO RXLEVDLIH RXLEV_DL_IH LRXLEVDLH L_RXLEV_DL_H LRXLEVULH L_RXLEV_UL_H RXLEVULIH RXLEV_UL_IH UMBHYST UMBRELLA_MICRO_HYST UMBTHRESH C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO SLC Signalling Link Code SLCDN Link Servicepr. SLC STCDN Link Servicepr. STC TRCPROV TRC Service Provider NI NI_MSC DPC SPC_MSC E1ALLOC E1Allocation(MCON) NI NI_BSC OPC SPC_BSC MINRSVDTS SigSlotsReserved PGTYPE PG-Type PMCID PMC Allocation (PG) SERVERNAME, ServerAllocation E1PORTx BSTXPWRRED BS_TXPWR_RED BSRFPWR EN_BS_PC PWRCTRLMS EN_MS_PC PWRINCRSTEP POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
221
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
Object POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER RT RT RT RT RT RT RT RT RT RT-LAPD RT-LAPD RT-LAPD RT-LAPD SDFU/TCU
GUI MS Tx Power Reduction Power Control Acknowledge Time Power Control Interval Signal Quality: Averaging Signal Quality: Downlink Power Increase Signal Quality: Downlink Power Reduction Signal Quality: Uplink Power Increase Signal Quality: Uplink Power Reduction Signal Quality: Weighting Factor Signal Strength: Averaging Signal Strength: Downlink Power Increase Signal Strength: Downlink Power Reduction Signal Strength: Uplink Power Increase Signal Strength: Uplink Power Reduction Backup Capability Channel Usage Diversity Emergency RT FHE Slice Address Initial Frequency Location: Rack No. Location: Shelf No. Training Sequence Code ABIS SigSlot Info: EXTC ID ABI S SigSlot Info: PCM System / Slot Num ber ABIS SigSlot Info: PG ID Traffic Slot Info: PCM System / Slot Number Board Type, Firmware Series, Firmware Version, Serial Number, Pack Identifier, Art Master, Hardware Series, Hardware Version
SDFUE1PORT SDFUE1PORT SDFUE1PORT SDU SDU SDU SDU SERVER TCG TCG TCG TCG TRC TRC TRC
Connected ACC E1 CRC4 Framing E1 Port Type No. of 'kilo' Sectors Percentage Bad Sectors Sector Threshold High Sector Threshold Low IP Address PCM Service Provider: PG Id Transcoder Id Code: TCE Rack Id Transcoder Id Code: TCG Code Transcoder Id Code: TCG Quartett Circuit Id: PCM, TS Input Output
222
AUI PWRREDSTEP ACKTIMEPWRCTRL MINTIMBETPWRCTRL AQUALPC LRXQUALDLP URXQUALDLP LRXQUALULP URXQUALULP WQUALPC ALEVPC LRXLEVDLP URXLEVDLP LRXLEVULP URXLEVULP BACKUP GETUSAGE-RT DIVERSITY EMERGENCYRT FHE INITFREQ RACKNO SHELFNO TSC ABISSPL2SP SIGPCM, SIGSLOT ABISSPPGID TRAFPCM, TRAFSLOT BOARDTYPE, FWSERIES, FWVER, SERIALNO, PACKID, ARTMASTER, HWSERIES, HWVER ACCE1 CRC4 TYPE NRSEC BADSEC HIGHTHR LOWTHR IPADDR PGID RACK CODE QUART CIDCPCM, CIDCTS INPCM, INSLOT OUTPCM, OUTSLOT, OUTSUBSLOT
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
GSM Name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE P_CON_ACK P_CON_INTERVAL A_QUAL_PC L_RXQUAL_DL_P U_RXQUAL_DL_P L_RXQUAL_UL_P U_RXQUAL_UL_P W_QUAL_PC A_LEV_PC L_RXLEV_DL_P U_RXLEV_DL_P L_RXLEV_UL_P U_RXLEV_UL_P Backup Capability Channel-Usage Diversity Indication NS_TRX FHE Slice Address INIT_FREQ RT Rack Id. RT Shelf Id. TSC Serviceprovider L2 (RT) Sign.-Slot RT Serviceprovider PPC (RT) Traffic Slots RT SDFU/TCU Version
Connected ACC E1 CRC 4 Framing E1 Port Type SDU No. of sectors SDU bad sectors SDU higher threshold SDU lower threshold IP Address Serviceprovider PG (TCG) TIC[TCE_CODE] TIC[TCG_CODE] TIC[TCGQ_CODE] Circuit Id Code CIC TRC Input Slot TRC Output Slot
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
A.3 Mapping: GSM Name -> Object, AUI and GUI GSM Name A_DIST_HO A_LEV_HO A_LEV_NC A_LEV_PC A_PBGT_HO A_QUAL_HO A_QUAL_PC AC_CN ACC Card Version
Object HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL POWER HOCTRL HOCTRL POWER BTS ACC / accCard
ACC Clock Source ACC Data Encoding ACC Frame Mode ACC Port Mode Alarm State (n) ARFCN_NC(n) Assoc. FH-System ATT Backup Capability Barring Sequence
ACCE1PORT ACCE1PORT ACCE1PORT ACCE1PORT BTC-ARU ADJCELL CHN BTS RT BTS
BCC (in BSIC) BCC_NC(n) BCCH_ARFCN_NC(n) BCCH_FREQ BS_AG_BLKS_RES BS_PA_MFRMS BS_TXPWR_RED BTS-Abis-Position
BTS ADJCELL ADJRES BTS BTS BTS POWER BTS
C_MICRO_DELAYED_HO C_MICRO_HO C_UMBRELLA_MICRO_HO CA_ARFCN CCCH Load Ind. Threshold (PAGING_LOAD_THR) CCCH_COMB_WITH_SDCCH CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD CELL_BAR_ACCESS CELL_BAR_QUALIFY CELL_RES_OFFSET CELL_RESELECT_HYST. CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_I ND CELL_TYPE CELL_TYPE_NC(n) CH_TYPE Channel-Usage CI (in CGI) CI_NC(n) Circuit Id Code CIC Clock_Source Clock_Source (Redundant) Connected ACC E1 CRC 4 Framing Diversity Indication Downlink DTX Data Downlink DTX Speech DTX E1 Port Type E1Allocation(BCON)
HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL BTS BTS
BSIDBCC BSIDBCC BCCH BCCH BLKACCGRNT MULTIFRMPG BSTXPWRRED PRDBTSUNDEF, PRDBTS LOWSLOW MICROTHRESH UMBTHRESH CELLALLOC THRCCCHLDIND
BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS
CCCHWSDCH PRDCCCHLDIND CELLBAR CELLBARQ CELLOFF CELLRESELHYST C2ENABLE
CCCH Combined with SDCCH Period CCCH Load Indication Cell Barred Cell Reselection: Cell Bar Qualify Cell Reselection: Cell Offset Cell Reselect Hysteresis Cell Reselection: C2 Criterion
BTS ADJCELL CHN RT BTS ADJCELL TRC CCG CCG SDFUE1PORT SDFUE1PORT RT BTS BTS BTS SDFUE1PORT BCON
CELLTYPE CELLTYPE CHANTYPE GETUSAGE-RT CELLID CELLID CIDCPCM, CIDCTS CLKSRC RDTCLKSRC ACCE1 CRC4 DIVERSITY DTXDATA DTXSP DTX TYPE E1ALLOC
Cell Type Cell Type Channel Type Channel Usage Cell Global Identity: Cell Identification Cell Global Identity: Cell Identification Circuit Id: PCM, TS Clock Source Redundant Clock Source Connected ACC E1 CRC4 Framing Diversity DTX: Downlink Data DTX: Downlink Speech DTX: Uplink E1 Port Type Available E1 Allocation Port
Version 2.0 - October 2000
AUI DISTAVGPER ALEVHO PWRACAVG ALEVPC PWRBGAVG AQUALHO AQUALPC ACCESSCLASS ROMMODNAME, ROMREVCODE, ROMUPDTIME, TYPE CLKSOURCE DATAENCODE FRAMEMODE PORTMODE ALRMSTATEx BCCH FREQHOPREL WIMSIATTDET BACKUP BARSEQ10_15
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
GUI Distance: Averaging Period Signal Strength: Averaging Period Adjacent Cell Averaging Period Signal Strength: Averaging Power Budget Averaging Period Signal Quality: Averaging Period Signal Quality: Averaging Not Allowed Access Classes Interface Card Type, ROM Update Time, ROM Module Name, ROM Revision Code Clock Source Data Encoding Frame Mode Port Mode Alarm State BCCH Frequency Frequency Usage Allow IMSI Attach Detach Backup Capability Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Bar Sequence BS Identity Code: BCC BS Identity Code: BCC BCCH Frequency BCCH Frequency No. of Blocks For Access Grant No. Of Multiframes Between Paging BS Tx Power Reduction BTS Position, Predecessor Cell HO from Lower Cell/for Slower MS HO to Higher Cell/for Faster MS Umbrella Cell Threshold Cell Allocation Threshold CCCH Load Indication
223
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
GSM Name E1Allocation(MCON) EN_ACC_BARRING
Object MCON BTS
AUI E1ALLOC ACCCLASSBAR
EN_BS_PC EN_BSS_HO EN_CCCH_LOAD_IND EN_DIST_HO EN_INCOM_HO EN_INTER_HO EN_INTRA_HO EN_LOAD_REGARD EN_MS_PC EN_PBGT_HO EN_RF_RES_IND EN_RXLEV_HO EN_RXQUAL_HO EN_SDCCH_HO EN_SDCCH_TCH_HO Ext. Error Id (n) EXTC-Type FHE Slice Address Fis_Syn_Delay FREEfactor_X (X=1..5) FREElevel_X (X=1..4) HO_MARGIN(0,n) Hopping Mode HSN INIT_FREQ Input Hysterese (n) Input Point Adr (n) INT_BOUND_X
POWER HOCTRL BTS HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL POWER HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL HOCTRL BTC-ARU EXTC RT CCG HOCTRL HOCTRL ADJCELL BTS FH RT BTC-ARU BTC-ARU HOCTRL
INTAVE IP Address L_RXLEV_DL_H L_RXLEV_DL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H L_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXQUAL_DL_H L_RXQUAL_DL_P L_RXQUAL_UL_H L_RXQUAL_UL_P LAC (in LAI) LAC_NC(n) LIC-Alarm Mask (n)
HOCTRL SERVER HOCTRL POWER HOCTRL POWER HOCTRL POWER HOCTRL POWER BTS ADJCELL BTC
LIC-Clock-Input (n) LIC-Input-Line A (n)
BTC BTC
LIC-Input-Line B (n)
BTC
LIC-Number (n) LIC-Position (n) LIC-Rack (n) Link Servicepr. SLC Link Servicepr. STC LINKfactor(0,n) M1
BTC BTC BTC LINK LINK ADJCELL BTS
BSRFPWR INTERDEC LOADIND MSDITPROC INCOMHO INTERHO INTRAHO LOADREG PWRCTRLMS PWRBGHO IDLECHNSUPV RXLEVHO RXQUALHO SDCCHHO SDCCHTCHHO ERRORIDx CARDTYPE FHE ISSYNC, SYNCHRON FREEFAC FREELEV HOMGRN HOPMODE HOPSEQNO INITFREQ HYSTTIMEx SCANPOINTx IATHRESH0 IATHRESH4 IAPERIOD IPADDR LRXLEVDLH LRXLEVDLP LRXLEVULH LRXLEVULP LRXQUALDLH LRXQUALDLP LRXQUALULH LRXQUALULP LAIDLAC LAIDLAC LICALRMMSK0, LICALRMMSK1 CLKINP0, CLKINP1 PCMPORTA0, PCMPORTA1 PCMPORTB0, PCMPORTB1 LIC0, LIC1 LICFEP0, LICFEP1 RACK0, RACK1 SLCDN STCDN LINKFACT BARSTEP0_9
M2
BTS
UNBARSTEP0_9
MA_ARFCN MAX_RETRANS MCC (in LAI) MCC_NC(n) Memory Availability MNC (in LAI) MNC_NC(n)
FH BTS BTS ADJCELL BSC BTS ADJCELL
ALLOCFREQ MAXRETRAN LAIDMCC LAIDMCC MEMAVAIL LAIDMNC LAIDMNC
224
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
GUI Available E1 Allocation Port Access Class Overload Control: Barring Enabled Enable BS RF Power Control Enable Handover: Intercell Decision Load Indication Enabled Enable Handover: Optional MS Distance Enable Handover: Incoming Enable Handover: Internal Inter-Cell Enable Handover: Internal Intra-Cell Enable Handover: Load Regard Enable MS RF Power Control Enable Handover: Optional Power Budget Enable Idle Channel Supervision Enable Handover: Rx Level Enable Handover: Rx Quality Enable Handover: SDCCH Enable Handover: SDCCHTCH Error Id EXTC Type FHE Slice Address Master/Slave Mode, Sync Delay Cell Order Criterion: Free Factor Cell Order Criterion: Free Level Handover Margin Hopping Mode Hopping Sequence Number Initial Frequency Hysteresis Time Input Point Interference Averaging: Thresholds Interference Averaging: Period IP Address Signal Strength: Lower Downlink Limit Signal Strength: Downlink Power Increase Signal Strength: Lower Uplink Limit Signal Strength: Uplink Power Increase Signal Quality: Lower Downlink Limit Signal Quality: Downlink Power Increase Signal Quality: Lower Uplink Limit Signal Quality: Uplink Power Increase Cell Global Identity: Location Area: LAC Cell Global Identity: Location Area: LAC LIC Data: Alarm Mask LIC Data: Clocking Input LIC Data: PCM Port A LIC Data: PCM Port B LIC Data: Lic Number LIC Data: Front End Point LIC Data: Rack Number SLC Service Provider: SLC Id SLC Service Provider: STC Id Link Factor Access Class Overload Control: Classes 0 to 9: Bar Step Size Access Class Overload Control: Classes 0 to 9: Unbar Step Size Mobile Allocation Max Number Retransmission Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MCC Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MCC Memory Available Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MNC Cell Global Identity: Location Area: MNC
Version 2.0 - October 2000
GSM Parameter Catalogue – NR 8.0
GSM Name MS_DIST_MAX MS_TXPWR_MAX MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MULTIBAND_REPORTING n (N_TARGET_CELL) N1
Object HOCTRL HOCTRL ADJCELL BTS BTS BSC BTS
N2
BTS
NCC (in BSIC) NCC_NC(n) NI_BSC NI_MSC No. of CCCH NS_TRX P_CON_ACK P_CON_INTERVAL PENALTY_TIME PG-Type PLMN_PERMITTED PMC Allocation (EXTC) PMC Allocation (PG) POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE POW_RED_STEP_SIZE PTA_HO(n,0) Q_THRESHOLD_VAL RACH_BUSY_THRES RACH_MEAS_PERIOD Radio-/Terr. Link Asc. RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT (T100) RBS-Type RE RT Rack Id. RT Shelf Id. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN RXLEV_DL_IH RXLEV_MIN(n) RXLEV_UL_IH SDFU/TCU Version
BTS ADJCELL OPC LSET BTS RT POWER POWER BTS PG BSC EXTC PG POWER POWER ADJCELL BTS BTS BTS CHN BTS
SDU bad sectors SDU higher threshold SDU lower threshold SDU No. of sectors ServerAllocation
SDU SDU SDU SDU PG
Serviceprovider L2 (BTC) Serviceprovider L2 (RT) Serviceprovider PG (TCG) Serviceprovider PPC (BTC) Serviceprovider PPC (RT) Sign.-Slot BTC Sign.-Slot RT Signalling Link Code SigSlotsReserved SPC_BSC SPC_MSC SYNC_NC(n,0) T_MK T_qho (MAP-Timer) T_SDCCH_HO_ALLOWED T1 (MAP-Timer) T10 (MAP-Timer)
BTC-LAPD RT-LAPD TCG BTC-LAPD RT-LAPD BTC-LAPD RT-LAPD LINK PG OPC LSET ADJCELL BTS BSC HOCTRL BSC BSC
Version 2.0 - October 2000
AUI MSRANGEMX MSTXMAXTCH MSTXMAX MSTXMAXCCH MULTIBREP PREFCELLS BARSTEP10_15
GUI Distance: MS Range Maximum MS Tx Power Maximum MS Tx Power Maximum Cell MS Tx Power Maximum CCH Multiband Reporting Number of Preferred Cells Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Bar Step Size UNBARSTEP10_15 Access Class Overload Control: Classes 10 to 15: Unbar Step Size BSIDNCC BS Identity Code: NCC BSIDNCC BS Identity Code: NCC NI Network Indicator NI Network Indicator NOCCCH Number of CCCH EMERGENCYRT Emergency RT ACKTIMEPWRCTRL Power Control Acknowledge Time MINTIMBETPWRCTRL Power Control Interval PENTIME Cell Reselection: Penalty Time PGTYPE PG Type PLMN PLMN Permitted PMCID PMC Allocation PMCID PMC Allocation PWRINCRSTEP MS Tx Power Increase PWRREDSTEP MS Tx Power Reduction TIMEADV Predict Time Advance QUEUETHRESH Queueing: Threshold Queue Entries RACHBUSYTH RACH Busy Threshold RACHBUSYSLOT RACH Load Averaging Slots PCM, SLOT, SUBSLOT0 ABIS TCH Slot Info RADIOLKTO Radio Link: Timeout
BTS BTS RT RT BTS HOCTRL ADJCELL HOCTRL SDFU/TCU
RBSTYPE CALLREESTB RACKNO SHELFNO RXLEVACC RXLEVDLIH RXMIN RXLEVULIH BOARDTYPE, FWSERIES, FWVER, SERIALNO, PACKID, ARTMASTER, HWSERIES, HWVER BADSEC HIGHTHR LOWTHR NRSEC SERVERNAME, E1PORTx ABISSPL2SP ABISSPL2SP PGID ABISSPPGID ABISSPPGID SIGPCM, SIGSLOT SIGPCM, SIGSLOT SLC MINRSVDTS OPC DPC SYNCID TMINCFG BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) TIMSDCCHHO BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux) BSCTIMER (-Vx, -Ux)
Lucent Technologies – Proprietary See Notice on first page
RBS Type Call Reestablishment Allowed Location: Rack No. Location: Shelf No. Rx Level Access Minimum Signal Strength: Downlink Limit MS Rx Level Minimum Cell Signal Strength: Uplink Limit Board Type, Firmware Series, Firmware Version, Serial Number, Pack Identifier, Art Master, Hardware Series, Hardware Version
Percentage Bad Sectors Sector Threshold High Sector Threshold Low No. of 'kilo' Sectors Server Allocation ABIS SigSlot Info: EXTC ID ABIS SigSlot Info: EXTC ID PCM Service Provider: PG Id ABIS SigSlot Info: PG ID ABIS SigSlot Info: PG ID ABIS SigSlot Info: PCM System / Slot Number ABIS SigSlot Info: PCM System / Slot Number Signalling Link Code Min Reserved Signal Timeslots Signaling Point Code Signaling Point Code Synchronized / Synch Identification Emergency Configuration Timer BSS MAP Timer in BSC: Tqho SDCCH HO Time Allowed BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T1 BSS MAP Timer in BSC: T10
225